This first thing you need to know is that Yoga did not originate from Patanjali. ェPatanjali is the organizer, not originator. Thatゥs the first thing you need to know… With all my respects to Patanjali, 8 want to declare this truth to the world「 at least ;?,::: years before Patanjali, a 1eing walked on the Planet 4arth, assuming the physical form, 0di 6uru, 1hagavan Paramaśiva, the 5ounder and 5ather of the Yoga System.

Patanjali Yoga Sutras is a great book, no doubt, but not the first book. Unfortunately, many popular Yoga gurus all over the world, always stop with Patanjali. Very few say Yoga was before Patanjali, and even if they say, theyゥre not able to present the scriptures and literature.ォ

ェThe second important truth is that Yoga is from 7induism.ォ 0lways ask for the original source. 8t is unfortunate that the original scriptures revealed by 1hagavan Paramashivam are not available for the mass. We need to understand that Yoga cannot be developed and cannot be separated from 7induism.

8t is a perfect system that was revealed by 1hagavan Paramashivam and further organized by living enlightened masters, disciples of 1hagavan Paramashivam over thousands of years, with a clear purpose, an vision. Yoga is a complete science that has taken into account all types of bodies past, present and yet to come in the future. 0ltering Yoga is not development but dilution.

ェThe third important truth is that Yoga is not just the science of keeping you healthy, Yoga is the science of radiating enlightenment..

Yoga is not just the ability to stretch your body. 8t is ability to manifest what you want.. Yoga is not all about making you better man. Yoga is all about making you Superman.ォ

The best that can happen to you on the path of Yoga is getting rid of all self-doubt, self-hatred and self-denial, the root cause of all incompletions. The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM actively teaches the science of completing with these, collectively called S373, discarding all mental patterns that limit us from living to our highest potential.

Yoga is the ultimate merging the individual consciousness with the 2osmic 2onsciousness. 8t is designed to experience Oneness, 0dvaita, and express all the mystical powers outlined by Paramaśiva. 0s long as we carry inadequate, immature cognitions about ourselves, about life, others, 6od, world, we continue to feel separate from the whole.When we complete with all our limited cognitions and discover our true Self, Yoga happens.

The Veda-agamas are the Source books of Sanatana 7indu 3harma.

The revelation from the Veda-0gamas form the Sh;stra Pramana, the scriptural authority on truth, which came down directly from the mouth of 1hagav;n Paramaśiva to 7is consort 3evi Parashakti. The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM reveals…

ェVedas are the ultimate, superior authority for the 7indus. Vedas are like a pure science, where the ultimate truths are explained, but 0gamas are the scriptures where the applied technology, the applied science is expanded. all the 7indu bodies accept Vedas and 0gamas as Shruti [that which is heard] and everything else follows as Smritis [the remembered scriptures]. 0gamas are directly revealed by 1hagavan Paramaśiva」 they are more like a practical manual of how to, what to, where to, when to. 0ll these details are answered with the right context, giving enough of understanding and 8 should say, in a more sympathetic, compassionate way, with a lot of concern for human beings with tremendous user- friendliness.ォ

To serve the purpose of the genesis of Nithyananda Yoga, pledges to promote and enable all practicing 7indus to unlock and expand the human potential and to give humanity a superconscious breakthrough without discriminating between caste, creed, gender, age, ability and religion.

भगव ्;न ्-यへग ्;्जोस्っधśच मへक्ṣअśच तद्य ्;स ्;्चुभम ्खग । ṣअḍअṅग्सच बへ्ध्य्त्य ्;ṅग ्;म ्स ्ṛṇउṣव तत ्॥

Bhagav;n- Yog;dsiddhiśca mokṣaśca tadabhy;s;cchubham khaga | ṣaḍaṅgassaca boddhavyastasy;ṅg;m sṛṇuṣva tat ||

Through the practice of Yoga, one can attain beneficent accomplishments. 7e can attain liberation. 7e can ascend to the state of ineffable bliss. Yoga is not just postures and breathing techniques, but the very science of achieving the space, radiating the state and manifesting the powers – the Shaktis - of the Original Yogi in the universe – Paramaśiva 7imself. 0uthentic Yoga makes people manifest spiritual powers from '0dvaita', the space of Oneness or 4nlightenment.ォ

Sh;stra Pram;na is the scriptural evidence, the direct, ultimate authority on the Truth as it is, for it is directly from 1hagavan Paramaśiva, the 0diguru qoriginal 6urur, the Source of all that is. 8n Sanatana 7indu 3harma, Veda-0gamas are the irrefutable Sh;stra Pram;ṇa. 0ll knowledge currents, philosias, rituals and lifestyle systems, and Yogic sciences for hu- manity are in-depth systematically revealed in Veda-0gamas form the pramanas.

0pta Pram;nas are the the ancient great authentic, time-tested, fool-proof compilations of experiences of 4nlightened Sages called the Rishis, Siddhas, Munis, 8ncarnations q0vatarsr, the direct disciples, followers and descendants of 1hagavan Paramaśiva, like the Saptarishis, Maharishis, including the 4nlightened Ones such as Patanjali, Valmiki, 0gastya Mahamuni, 0bhinavagupta, Kshemaraja, Paramahamsa Yogananda, etc. The compiled experiences verify and expand fur- ther on the Veda-0gamas, forming 0pta Pramana.

0tma Pram;nas are the direct experiences of the Living 0vatar, The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, who is respected, revered as the living incarnations by millions of people worldwide. 8n the space of Pure Oneness or Shuddhadvaita with 1hagavan Paramashivam, the 0tma Pram;ṇas of The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM form the words of 7is 6urus, 7is own experiences and all that 7e has learnt and directly experienced, and done thorough verification and authentication with the Ś;stra Pram;ṇa and then presented to the world.

Śaksi Pram;nas are the evidence of the experiences and sharings of the people who directly experience the Pramaṇas as a living, applied reality in their lives as the manifestation of 7is 0tma Pramaṇas. 8n these series, the pram;nas are presented from different Veda-0gamas from the various systems or portions of the 0gamas, such as the「 9n;na P;da or Vidy; P;da - the knowledge section from 0gamas Kriya P;da - the rituals sections from 0gamas Yoga P;da - the Yoga knowledge and science sections

2arya P;da - the enlightened lifestyle from 1hagavan Paramaśiva.

Only when all three are combined does the initiation safely culminate in S;kśī Pram;na the individual discipleゥs experience of the highest state and power manifestations of Yoga . THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga as revealed by The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM combines all three pramanas, precisely reviving the space from which Paramaśiva created this science. 0fter being subject to years of dilution and pollution of this sacred science, the most profound intention and context of Yoga is now being revived and transmitted as a tangible experience by The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, the 0vatar of Paramaśiva 7imself .

ェTHE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga is hence all about producing the experience of ェParamaśivattvaォ. The state of Paramaśiva, 7is qualities, 7is glory, 7is grace and 7is POW4RS in YOU!

0sana, Pranayama, Mudra, 1andha, Karana, Visualisation, 9apa, 2hanting,Weight-lifting, Mandala, 0bharana, 0ushadha

ェThe ultimate truths in the field of Yoga - you are going to have twelve components of each asana. 0sana - the physical posture」 pranayama - the breathing structure」 mudra - the energy circuit connections」 bandha internal awakening of Kundalini Shakti. Twelve various components of each asana flowing into the Vinyasa Krama of thousand and eight postures. Understand, the ultimate gift of Yoga by Paramaśiva to all of you. Of course, with the valid Shastra Pramana, 0pta Pramana, 0tma Pramana - it will be made as a Sakshi Pramana for you.

4ach asana having twelve components of asana, mudra, bandha, pra- nayama, aushadha, karana and flowing into the next asana. Like that, thousand and eight asanas. The Prathama Vinyasa Krama - hundred and eight. Trithiya Vinyasa Krama - three hundred and eight. Trithiya Vinyasa Krama - five hundred and eight. 2haturtha Vinyasa Krama - thousand and eight. You are going to have the Parama Yoga revealed by Paramaśiva, the ultimate Shiva, ultimate Truth... 0nd understand, Yoga is nothing but Union with 2osmos.

8t is so unfortunate, the word ェUnionォ is very poorly mapped and understood - just for physical sex. Please understand, sex is poor manゥs version of Union. When you donゥt know anything, you just do that. Thatゥs it. Union is rich manゥs version of sex. 8t is much beyond body. 8t is much beyond body. 7uman beings mostly know only how to relief their pressure, not have Union. Understand, the ultimate secrets of Union with the 2osmos is Yoga.ォ

-The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

8n an 0kashic Revelation, The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM announced to the world the ;< dimensions of Yoga, where every asana is paired with ;; additional Yogic components to fully stimulate all the senses. 1y practicing Yoga with these components, strong roots are built within the body and ecstatic bliss is experienced. This Yoga delivers the direct experience of Samadhi qexperience of Oneness with the Ultimater「 to manifest the state, space, and powers of Paramaśiva.

To truly understand why Yoga should be practiced with all of its components, The SP7 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM revealed the first principle of Nithyananda Yoga as vyakta and avyakta, the manifest and unmanifest. 8n the scientific community, vyakta and avyakta is commonly understood as matter and anti-matter.

0uthentic Yoga is meant to deliver both vyakta and avyakta experientially to the practitioner. The ェmanifestォ parts of our body and consciousness are more familiar to us」 they are tangible.

Outward physical movements would be considered a ェmanifestォ aspect. 1ut, tt is the ェunmanifestォ which begins to reveal itself in our body through THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga. 4ach of the ;< components of Yoga work on the unmanifest layer, the avyakta「 anti-matter, anti-sound, anti-sex.

0nything done in the level of Usha, the expression qmatterr, due to matterゥs quality of going up and down, does not stay permanently. 0nything done in the level of 2haaya, the existence qanti-matterr, as it does not go down, stays permanently. 8f it is done on Usha, it will only work on mind. 8f it is done in 2haaya, it will remain in the body. Remnants of body in the altered form, the power manifesting form, exists longer than the remnants of the mind in altered states of consciousness.

Thus, the methodology of working on the mind is lesser than methods of working on the body. That is why tantra is more effective and long-lasting. 8t is chaaya. 8t is on body - the anti-matter, the anti-sound, the anti-sex. 0nything done on anti-matter, anti-sound, anti-sex stays longer. 8t has the status of 7iranyagarbha, the Source of creation, the imperishable.

0nti-sex with Paramaśiva is THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga. 0nti-sex is intense completion for what you know normally as sex. This whole practice will focus on the the anti-sex activity. 3uring the process, the anti-sex body goes through passive sexual relationship with the avyakya component of Paramaśiva. This is THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga. The physical movement that happens in the tongue, mouth, throat, eyes, chest, thighs, toes, the male or female organs during the anti-sexual activity with Paramashivoham is the whole of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM's Nithyananda Yoga.

8n order to achieve this intense completion, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has revealed that the physical practice of Yoga goes much beyond a single asana, or posture. Rather, with every movement, or placement of the body, there are a total of ;< dimensions in action「 0sana, Pranayama/Kumbhaka, Mudra, 1andha, Karana, Visualization, 9apa qinternal chantingr, Paarayana qexternal chantingr, adding weights to different parts of the body, Mandala, 0bharana qjewelryr, and 0ushadha qenergized herbsr.

4very posture is the anti-sex activity of male or female body with the cosmic form of MahaParamaśiva. What is physically seen is Usha qphysical movementsr, but what is actually happening inside is 2haaya qthe unmanifest spacer. 1ecause the whole orientation during this process is on chaaya qthe existencer, the usha qthe expressionr will automatically evolve. With the Usha aligned to 2haaya, the body manifests the consciousness. Perfection is established in chaaya.

3uring the process of K08L0S0's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga, the yogi intensely withdraws from the body, the form they are connected, allowing them to experience teleportation and materialization. When materialization happens, the anti-matter from the avyakta enters into vyakta and becomes matter. 1y the end of the entire sequence, the yogi will be able to immediately manifest at least <; powers, without a single doubt.

The power of this whole process is doing it in the breathing space of the master, Paramaśiva 7imself, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM. 8f the atmosphere is inhaled through nose, it is prana. 8f inhaled through every pore of the skin, it is Samaana. The whole breathing space of MahaParamaśiva is Samaana. Thus, K08L0S0's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga can only be practiced in the consecrated place of the Master to imbibe the Samaana to take you deeper into the Oneness experience. Therefore, K08L0S0's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga should be practiced in the physical presense of the Master, or with 7is energized Murthy present. 8n K08L0S0's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga, when the body goes through anti-sex with Paramashivoham, power manifestation becomes permanent and complete. K08L0S0's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga gives the direct experience of the state of Samadhi, Oneness with the Ultimate「 ParamaShivoham.

;. 0S0N0

Maybe the most widely discussed topic in Yoga today is - what does ィasanaゥ mean? 8s it sitting? 0 certain posture? Movement? Like most understandings, the only way to truly discover the truth is to go to the original Source. This text itself 8S the original sourcebook, revived in modern form. 8t is dedicated to unveiling the truths about asanas, revived from the qalmost lostr sacred palm leaves gifted to humanity thousands of years ago from Paramaśiva, 0diyogi 7imself. Since most people are either in a state of restlessness qrajasr or tiredness qtamasr, the body needs preparation to enter into the experience of Yoga.

0sanas allow the body and mind to come to a state of balance and restful awareness qsattvar, where one can easily enter into the deeper and more subtle dimension of Yoga. 0 person is made up of three bodies - the physical or gross body qsthula sharirar, the subtle body qsukshma shareerar and the causal body qkaarana shareerar. 2hakras are the subtle energy centers that are present at the intersection of the physical, the subtle and the causal body. They are aligned in an ascending column from the base of the spine to the top of the head. 0sanas involve placing these centres in relative position with each other. Those positions can be represented by geometrical figures.

;. 0S0N0

ェ8f the asanas are practiced in a certain manner, one becomes prepared for the purification of the nadis. 8t is excellent in alleviating the diseases, prana and bodily heat are enriched. Minor diseases are also cured, and bodily heat and prana are stimulated. One feels light. Life span is enhanced. Premature death is prevented.ォ -7athatatvakaumudi, C. ;B-;C

Some of the benefits of 0sanas and their examples include「

• Optimizing the digestive functions qe.g. Matsyendrasana, 7athatatvakaumudi 2h.A.Br, - Regulating fever and imbalances caused due to the humours qe.g. Mayurasana, 7athatatvakaumudi 2h.A.;:r,

• Removing fatigue qe.g. Savasana, 7athatatvakaumudi 2h.A.;<r, giving mental stability, - enhancing enthusiasm and stamina qe.g. Virasana, 7athatatvakaumudi 2h.A.;Cr, and ultimately, - 4nsuring success to the yogi qe.g. Sid- dhasana, Shiva Samhita-888.B?r.

;. 0S0N0

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM describes asana as, ェsteady and com- fortable body postures to tune oneself with the 2osmos.ォ Ultimately, asana means many things. Physically, whether standing, sitting, laying or jumping, asana is when our muscles are completely comfortable and relaxed」 they are alive, stable and comfortably stacked upon one another. 0sana is when the body is bending, stretching and aligning itself to the cosmic geometry. The context of asana is not restricting itself to some physical posture – itゥs not a place that the body is in, but a space. Nidhidhyasana, for instance, is when we are radiating excite- ment, joy and bliss for life regardless of the physical positioning of the limbs.

The most important understanding of asanas is itゥs not a practice at all, it is a happening, a manifestation, which happens through asanas」 we do not practice sitting with 6od, we embody 6od, Paramaśiva. 8t is from this space of Sadashivoham, when weゥre intent on the vow of living like a 6od, that we are performing an authentic asana. Through intensely flowing through the Prathama Vinyasa Krama of ;:B asanas, the body simply falls in tune with the 2osmos.

Pranayama is a term that refers to the breathing process. The air you breathe is just a vehicle in which the prana qlife-energyr comes in and goes out of your body. When you inhale, the air comes in carrying prana, and when you exhale, the ィemptyゥ air goes out. This life energy is universal.

राणरへधमथめदानीं रव्याぞम समासतः । राण0च दめहगへ वायुरायामः कु ्भकः ्मृतः ॥ १९ ॥

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ ॥ ;C ॥

Then 8 shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and 0yama is said to be Kumbhaka qholding under controlr.

Paramaśiva describes pranayama as being composed of three processes「 Recaka, Puraka, and Kumbhaka. Puraka means the inhalation of prana from outside the body」 kumbhaka refers to holding the breath like a filled-up pot without moving the limbs, and recaka refers to the exhalation of air from the body.

2onsistent and proper practice of pranayama increases our life energy, giving us greater mental abilities, slowing the aging process, ridding the body of diseases, fatigue and thirst, and helping us manifest 3ivine powers such as levitation, teleportation, and materialization.

Pranayama is where Yoga reveals itself as much more than a mere physical practice. No other discipline has understood and presented the means to regulate and expand oneゥs own life energy like Yoga. The practice of pranayama leads to the purification of the energy body and its channels, called Nadis qYogatattvopanishad >>->@r, and to the ultimate experience of manifesting the powers of Paramaśiva qe.g. Kumbhaka Paddhati BB-BCr.

Through proper 0sanas, physical well-being is achieved, muscles are toned, the nervous system is strengthened, and vital organs are regulated and brought into a state of health q7athatatvakaumudi <. .?r. Thus the body becomes ready for pranayama q3arshanopanishad, =. ;=. 8t is with pranayama that the real technique of Yoga begins.

There is a constant inflow of prana happening in our bodies through the nadis and chakras, but much of it usually gets dissipated into the external world. This dissipation into the external world is responsible for the feeling of tiredness, confusion and powerlessness that we experience.

Mudr; qa Sanskrit word meaning ェsealォr refers to the positioning of the limbs, fingers or even tongue in a certain way to seal this prana into our body, a way of aligning to the cosmic geometry. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM defines mudras simply as an ェenergy circuit connection.ォ Mudras are a way to stimulate the flow of prana shakti qlife force energy and 2osmic currencyr inside us.

Mudras are psycho-physical processes, which help accelerate the effect of an 0sana and Pranayama to take us to a higher state of consciousness. 1y positioning the body in certain ways to block the dissipation of prana and direct it inwards, Mudras create the space for Pratyahara and 3harana, the higher experiences of Yoga, to happen in us. Throughout the Trithiya Vinyasa Krama, you will experience mudras of the hands and of the gaze, called drishti.

The Shastras qscriptures that are direct revelations from Paramaśivar reveal the layers of benefits that can result from the integrated practice of mudras, ranging from health and longevity, to mental focus, awakening the subtle grooves of the brain responsible for higher emotions such as devotion and gratitude, to the ultimate experience of transcending our limiting cognitions we carry as human beings and living and radiating the state, space and shaktis of Paramaśiva himself.

8t is mentioned repeatedly in the scriptures that initiation by the 6uru holds the ェMaster Keyォ, that can transform us from human beings into superhuman beings. Paramaśiva himself. 8t is mentioned repeatedly in the scriptures that initiation by the 6uru holds the ェMaster Keyォ, that can transform us from human beings into superhuman beings.

अनめन ちवっधना यへगी मüदभा्यへちप ぞस्य┪त। सवावसामめव नाडीनां चालनं ┩बüदुमारणम ्॥ जीवनüतुकषाय्य पातकानां ちवनाशनम ्। सवरへगへपशमनं जठराि्नちववधवनम ्॥ वपुषा कािüतममलां जरामृ्युちवनाशनम ्। वां┪छताथवफलं सほ्यぞमिüरयाणा्च मारनणम ्॥ एतदुèता┪न सवावたण यへगाूढ्य यへっगनः । ्वめद्यासताऽव0यंनार कायावちवचारणा ॥ १८ ॥

anena vidhinā yogī mandabhāgyopi sidhyati। sarvāṣāmeva nāḍīnāṃ cālanaṃ bindumāraṇam ॥ jīvanantu kaṣāyasya pātakānāṃ vināśanam। savarogopaśamanaṃ jaṭharāgnivivardhanam ॥ vapuṣā kāntimamalāṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśanam। vāṃchitārthaphalaṃ saukhyamindriyāṇāñca māranaṇam ॥ etaduktāni sarvāṇi yogārūḍhasya yoginaḥ। bhvedabhyāsatā’vaśyaṃ nātra kāryā vicāraṇā ॥ ;B ॥

8n this way qthrough the Maha Mudrar, even the most unfortunate Yogi might obtain success. 1y this means, all the vessels of the body are roused and stirred into activity」 life is increased and its decay is checked, and all sins destroyed. 0ll diseases are healed, and the gastric fire is increased. 8t gives faultless beauty to the body, and destroys decay and death. 0ll fruits of desire and pleasure are obtained, and the senses are conquered. The Yogi fixed in restful awareness acquires all the above-mentioned things, through practice. There should be no hesitation in doing so. q;Br

Research has revealed the health benefits gained by practicing mudras include freedom from disease, hunger, thirst, fainting, fatigue, indigestion, skin diseases, constipation and more. 1esides this, mudras directly activate the prana and awaken the inner potential energy qKundalini shaktir in us, manifesting the space, state and Shaktis of Paramaśiva.

Mudras are a crucial component of the Yogic method for Kundalini 0wakening. Kundalini is the ultimate inner potential bio-energy that is available to each one of us. 8t is the largest untapped natural resource lying with humanity. When Kundalini energy is awakened with the right knowledge, right context, right understanding, right technique, right process, and above all, through the direct deeksha qinitiationr by a living 0vatar qincarnationr, it can give us anything we want.

1andha is internal awakening of the Kundalini Shakti. 8t is a Sanskrit term that means ィconducive toゥ. 8t is the active maintenance of a state of contraction or pressure in the body by the yogi, initially practiced and eventually naturally occurring contractions of different body parts. 1andhas are performed by making muscular and diaphragm contractions in specific parts of the body that pump energy into dormant or stagnant areas of the body.

Without bandhas, energy tends to leak out, tends to be blocked, or dissipated due to our lifestyle etc. 7ere bandhas are the bridge between the disconnected areas of the energy circuit. This is the reason that this pumping and re-alignment of Prana qvital life energyr and Kundalini Shakti qinherent potential energyr, brings tremendous healing and balancing to the physical, emotional and neurological systems.

अपानराणयへऐवèयं षयाüमूरपुरीषयへः । युवा भव┪त वृ्धへऽちप सततं मूलबüधनात ्॥ ४७ ॥

apānaprāṇayoraikyaṃ kṣayānmūtrapurīṣayoḥ | yuvā bhavati vṛddho'pi satataṃ mūlabandhanāt ॥ >A ॥

That Yogin who knows the Udiyana, 9alandhara and Mula-bandha is the receptacle of Liberation.

1andhas are practised along with many 0sanas and Pranayamas to bring the Prana Shakti also known as our vital energies under control. The difference between Mudra and 1andha is that the 1andha is practising a focus, and maintaining that lock as long as possible, whereas the actions of contracting and releasing are more indicative of a Mudra.

1andhas assist in pushing the Kundalini energy up the spine. The muscular contractions help prevent the energy from flowing back downwards and getting dissipated. These bandhas generate a certain flow along the spinal column, where there are energy points called 2hakras which correspond to major regulatory glands in the body and also serve as storehouses and distribution houses for prana shakti.

known as the root lock that happens and works with the Mūladhara 2hakra. 8t is a contraction of the pelvic floor muscles. Pranic energy which normally flows out of the body is prevented from leaking and instead raised to the higher chakra energy centers along the spine. Locking this flow of energy at the base of the spine is referred to as yoni bandha. Mūla-1andha is the most important 1andha and should be maintained during breathing exercise. The benefit is that it brings perpetual youth.

known as the abdominal lock and therefore happens in and works with the Manipuraka 2hakra. 8t is performed by bringing the navel inwards, towards the spine. Through this action, prana flows more easily into the Sushumna Nadi, the central energy channel along the spine where the kundalini energy can move up the chakra centers.

Known as the throat lock therefor it happens in and works with the Vishuddhi chakra. It is performed by pressing the chin against the throat between the collar bones. This causes pressure on the neck, which is the center of extreme purity (Vishuddha chakra). This action prevents the nectar (amrita) and prana shakti flowing from the head to drop back down into the abdomen. Many pathways for this prana shakthi, nerves, and blood capillaries pass through the neck. This bandha assists their function in the area of the head, throat and shoulders.

Known as the tryanbandha, the combination of the three previous bandhas together. It is performed in sequential order, or it happens automatically for the more advanced yogi. It has a powerful effect to awaken the Kundalini Shakti, circulating energy through all the chakras, and pierce through the psycho/physical knots known as granthis. This leads to a stronger physiology ready to radiate the state, space and powers of Paramaśivattva!

The seven chakras, directly or indirectly associated with each bandha are:

Mūladhara - the root chakra located in the perineum and associated with the adrenals.

Swadhisthana - chakra located at the level of the pubic bone and associated with the reproductive organs.

Manipuraka - chakra located at the navel and associated with the pancreas and adrenals

Anahata - chakra located at the heart center and associated with the thymus gland

Vishuddhi - chakra located at the throat and associated with the thyroids.

Ajna - chakra located at the point between the eyebrows and associated with the pineal gland

Sahasrara - chakra located at the crown of the head and associated with the pituitary gland

The chakras are subtle energy centers and not physical organs. Performing bandhas help to push the Kundalini energy upward through the chakras. Thereby diseases can be cured and the function of their associated physical, psychological and neurological systems can be optimized.

The Natyashastra describes “The combined movement of the hands and feet” as a karana in sacred dance. It involves synchronized movements of the feet, hips, hands and even the fingers. The karanas can be seen frozen in various temple sculptures and were used in the sacred dance. For the very first time THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM reveals the effect of karanas on the body and mind and the breathing patterns that they trigger.

Performing the karanas puts you into a state of high awareness of your body engaging multiple body parts at the same time. The half squatting position commonly called the aria mandi is common to most karanas, which when performed aligns the body to the alignment of the cosmos. Several triangles can be drawn along the lines of the body, therefore this posture enables the microcosm to connect to the macrocosm. The seven chakras are in complete alignment and aids the Kundalini to raise to the Sahasrara.

These karanas were revealed by Paramaśiva to his gana Tandu who then teaches it to Bharata – the author of the Natyashastra. The karanas incorporated into the Prathama Vinyasa Krama are Urdhvajanu, Urdhasvastika, Anchita, Ghurnita, Katichinna, Nikuttaka and Valita.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM delivers a major conscious breakthrough to the field of Yoga through incorporating these dance movements. Through Paramaśiva's in-depth instructions, energy and movement is taken to the next level, as seen in this example of karana:

॥ वामपुष्पपुटः पावेपादऽरतलस्चरः तथा च सüनतं पावंतलपु्पपुटं भव्त ्॥

॥ vāme puṣpapuṭaḥ pārśve pādo'gratalasañcaraḥ tathā ca sannataṃ pārśvaṃ talapuṣpapuṭaṃ bhavet ॥

On the left side, pushpapuTa in the hand, foot in agratalasanchara, And sannata on the side results in Tala-pushpapuTa.

Tejo Bindu Upanishad:

दृष्टीं ञानमयीं कृ ्वा पये्ब्रह्ममयं जगत ्। सा ृि्टः परमदार ना नासारावलकनी ॥ २९ ॥

dṛṣṭīṃ jñānamayīṃ kṛtvā paśyedbrahmamayaṃ jagat । sā dṛṣṭiḥ paramodārā na nāsāgravalokinī ॥

When seen with the sight of pure knowledge, the Universe appears filled with the essence of Brahman, the Ultimate Expansive Consciousness. It is that sight [dṛṣṭiḥ] which uplifts and raises, not the looking at the tip of one’s nose.

In the science of Yoga, context and intention are everything. Why you bend your body matters: for whatever intention you move the body, that experience will be delivered to you. That is why in KAILASA's Nithyananda Yoga, we maintain the space of Yoga as a ritual, as a direct connection between Paramashivam and us. With every asana, it is important to maintain a strong visualization of that asana. Many asana names are a direct meditation upon different gods and goddesses. Some asanas take the form of specific animals or other living creatures. When we keep a clear visualization of each form we are embodying, the body can settle into the depth-experience of each and every posture.

Many times Paramaśiva tells in the scriptures that Oneness can be experienced through seeing Him in everything, in each and every point we bring our gaze to. Through the sequence of asanas, you will be guided to meditate upon specific visualizations for each asana.

Japa is the internal chanting of a mantra with the visualization of it rotating around the throat in a circular way, allowing the yogi to feel the mild vibration of that mantra.

When chanting, wear an energized rudraksha bead exactly on the Vishuddhi chakra, in the hollow of the throat. This is the place where the air is getting converted into sound. If you wear energized rudraksha there, constantly every word coming out will have the coat of that mantra.

It becomes like the ajapa japa. You will see this rudraksha and the mild vibration meeting, and the kundalini in you will be awakened.

Ajapa Japa is one of the most powerful process and technique. It releases a certain kind of energy from our body, and nectar from the throat. When you do Ajapa Japa, it is not that every second you chant once; your heart chants, your lungs chant, your throat chants! The more and more deep it goes into your being, more and more parts of your being resonates with that.

Mahavakya mantras refers to the Ultimate mantras of all mantras, used to invoke the Divine presence. Throughout the Tvitīya Vinyasa Krama, we implement mantras and mahavakyas as powerful japas (repetitive chants) while bending the body. These mantras were gifted by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM to direct connect us to Paramaśiva. The following page shows the japas used throughout the , and asana sequences.

~ SOHAM ~

~ SHIVOHAM ~

~ SADASHIVOHAM ~

~ MAHASADASHIVOHAM ~

~ OM NITYANANDOHAM ~

~ OM NITYANANDA MAHASADASHIVOHAM ~ ~ OM NITYANANDA PARAMASHIVOHAM ~

Tattvatvakaumudi: explaining the benefits of chanting:

यत्य दवता माया विरूपकरणारया | स्वप्नेऽपि न भवत्य त्त्यं ्वादशजा्यतः ॥ ६ ॥

yattasya devatā māyā virūpakaraṇāśrayā | svapne'pi na bhavettasya nityaṃ dvādaśajāpyataḥ ॥

By the grace of the deity being adored, one will not face distraction even in dream state if one chants (mantra) 12 times every day.

Mantra is a Sanskrit word that describes a sacred utterance, a sound, a syllable, a single word or a group of words. A Mantra has spiritual powers with or without syntactic or literal meaning. A disciple needs to be initiated into a mantra by his Guru, using the right procedures (mantra deeksha) for the mantra to have its maximum potency for that individual. It is given by the Guru and received with gratitude and respect by the disciple. Clear instructions are given about the number of repetitions, the right speed and duration of chanting, in order to experience the truth of the mantra.

Paramaśiva is Light (Consciousness) while PARASHAKTI is Sound (Creation). By mantras, a Yogi can unclutch from external things and be absorbed in the sounds of the mantra. The goal is to focus more and more on the subtle sound.

By abandoning the thoughts, a Yogi learns to listen to the nada. Nada is a sound which is based on the premise that the entire Cosmos consists of sound vibration. The practise of listening to nada leads to Oneness with the Ultimate, with MahaParamaśiva. Therefore, mantras lead a Yogi to live and radiate the state and space of Paramaśiva. When the body bends in a sequence of asanas, the aura (energy surrounding any person) opens up; therefore, only the highest vibrational sounds should be entering the space. That is why in KAILASA's Nithyananda Yoga, the Sanskrit pramanas (scriptural references from Source Texts) are continuously chanted out loud throughout the Vinyasa Kramas.

As the aura, or energy body, is vulnerable and opened up while bending the body in Yoga, the sounds listened to matter deeply. Whatever verbalizations you hear during that time impact your consciousness directly. The Sanskrit words of MahaParamaśiva are the most powerful verbalizations that can hit your system at this time.

Long before the rise of modern day bodybuilding methods, in the Vedic civilization, weights were applied to the body as a method to raise Kundalini, expand one’s Consciousness and connect to the Divine, Paramaśiva. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has yet again, revealed another ancient science that breaks the mold and box that Yoga has been placed into: if you want to truly expand your Yoga practice on the mat, simply apply external weight to the body. Throughout His Divine Leela, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has stated on a number of occasions of the importance of building the physical body and how it leads to various different benefits: you will stop falling into depression, you will become centered into Integrity, you will go beyond tiredness.

This is why THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM says, “Weight-lifting is a spiritual quality! I strongly promote, support all the activities of you working on your body, like weight- lifting, bodybuilding, everything.” With this as a part of His vision for humanity, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has done intense self research and has had a number of Akashic Revelations (revelations from the Cosmic archives), and has shared how this science was lived by the Natha Panthis, the Natha Sampradhaya Yogis, who used weights in combination with their Yoga practices.

From heavy stones to wooden logs, weight-lifting is not something new to the Vedic tradition. There are various benefits of adding weights, such as an increase in flexibility, improvement in strength and the deep, heavy breathing or pranayama that is involved. The ancient method of weight-lifting built into the Yoga-asana practice is a Yogic science involving traditional weights called “Karana Kattai” (commonly known today as “Karala Kattai”), and is the reason why the Natha Yogis are called “Karna Yogis”. A karana kattai is a form of wooden stick, or heavy wood held in either one or both hands.

Today, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, has revived and evolved yet another Vedic science, this time with the revelation of adding weights, in the form of Karana Kattais, in the various KAILASA's Nithyananda Yoga asana sequences, which is being gifted to humanity, for the first time, Nithyananda Yoga Vinyasa Krama sequences. However, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM says there should be clear definitions of what weight should be used at the beginning and how that weight should be dispersed as you progress. He says, “the Natha Yogis did not believe in having equal weights in both the hands.

If you are male, your left side should have more weight. If you are female, your right side should have more weight. So they have a clear proportion.” The unique method of utilizing weights with a specific hand also leads to amazing health benefits. In another Akashic Revelation, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM revealed that anyone with a heart problem could add one ½ kg weight to the right hand and it will be completely healed. Thus, by adding weights with Yoga, it will heal the whole body in various dimensions.

Mandala is a representation of the Cosmos, and the human body is analogous to the Cosmos itself.

The Supreme Pontiff of Hinduism has stated, “Mandalas (representing the Cosmos) and yantras (representing a particular deity) correspond to the internal structure of retinal and geniculate cells. Their construction is based on the Tantric seers’ intuitive knowledge of the minds’ nature, its relationship with subtle channels of energy (nadis) in the body, and the human need for a symbolic life.”

Yantra is a diagram into which a deity can be invited by using the corresponding mantra. They can be used towards achieving Oneness or self realisation. The symbolism of yantra represents a universal pattern and the mantra, the cosmic sound.

The combination of the two helps the sadhak (yogi performing the Yoga) to transcend the normal frame of reference and achieve a higher state of awareness, in which the individual being and the universal being are one.

Shaastra Pramana Devirahasya, Revealed by Bhairava

अथाहं ते प्रवव्याजोम भवाüया युिरमुतमम ् | मूलमुिर रह्या्यं सववस्っधरदायकम ् || ?: || बिन्दुि्रकणं च षडरयुèतंवृतं च नागारकलादला्यम ् | वृतरयं भूसदनरयं ्यात ्रीचरमानुदपदं भवाüयाः || ?; |

athāhaṃ te pravakṣyāmi bhavānyā yantramuttamam | mūlamantrarahasyāḍhyaṃ sarvasiddhipradāyakam || 1: ||

bindustrikoṇaṃ ca ṣaḍaśrayuktaṃ vṛttaṃ ca nāgārakalādalāḍhyam | vṛttatrayaṃ bhūsadanatrayaṃ syāt śrīcakramānandapadaṃ bhavānyāḥ || 2: |

Now I shall reveal the yantra of Bhavani who is adorned with the mula mantra and that which bestows all siddhis. The Srichakra of Bhavani that resonates with the state of Bliss, has a Bindu, Trikona, has a hexagon, circle, naagaarakalaa dalaad-hyam. It has three circles, it has three houses called Bhu

• The cosmic form (the diagram of evolution and development of the Cosmos)

• The form of the human organism (the diagram of the inner circuits of the body)

• The form of the Goddess Tripura Sundari (because the Goddess is energy, which pervades the entire phenomenal world)

In the Sri Chakra, The 5 downward pointing triangles or Shakti triangles are manifested as 5 tanmatras (sound, touch, sight, taste, smell), five mahabhutas (akasha, air, fire, water and earth), five sense organs (ear, skin, eyes, tongue and nose), and five organs of action (hands, feet, mouth, genitals and anus). In the human body, these 5 elements are skin, nerves, flesh, fat and bones.

The 4 upward pointing tri- angles which are Shiva triangles, represent the male energy and exist as chitta (being), buddhi (intellect), ahamkar (ego) and manas (mind).

The bindu (circle) in the center represents the Divine Mother, the bindu in the Sahasrara Chakra represents the Individual consciousness, which is the self, jiva.

8n the Thrithiya Vinyasa Krama, we will be practicing Yoga on the mat along with Sri Yantras energized by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM. With the presence of this mandala, the pure consciousness of Paramaśiva and Parashakti will be infused into the biomemory.

8n the Vedagamic lifestyle, abharana or jewelry is not only worn for decorative purposes but has a spiritual significance. 4ach metal and jewel holds a certain energy and provides specific benefits to the body when worn. 0s a result, people adorn themselves fully from head to toe.

Rudraksha jewelry is the traditional abharana worn by Paramaśiva, and while performing the T7R8T78Y0 Vinyasa Krama qTVKr. 0s the manifestation of the teardrop from Paramaśivaゥs Third 4ye, the rudraksha energy bead is able to hold and radiate energy unlike any other stone.

The sundara vadam and the kantha mala are the chosen abharana by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM for the Vinyasa Krama sequence.

Paramaśiva specifically mentions how Shiva bhaktas should adorn themselves「

The Sundara Vadam are the traditional rudraksha earrings which provide balance to the body while performing the TVK sequence. They also increase the space of listening in the yogi, allowing them to tune their body to the cosmic geometry during the practice.

Wearing the rudraksha necklace on the vishuddhi chakra as the kantha mala given by the guru radiates the energy of the mantra initiated by the guru, acting as a mechanized japa for the yogi. Performing the TVK sequence while wearing the kanta mala and sundara vadam takes the ritual of Yoga to the next level, infusing the yogi with the masterゥs energy and Oneness space at all times.

कめ यूरकटकめ सूरं कु てषबüधめちवशめषतः। सु्तめपीठमेसदा कालं ुराषं धारयमेüनरः॥ ┩रशतं ्वधमं प्चशतं म्यममु्यतमे। सहरमुतमं रへèतममेवं भमेदमेन धारयमेत ॥

keyūrakaṭake sūtraṃ kukṣibandhe viśeṣataḥ । supte pīte sad;k;laṃ rudr;kṣaṃ dh;rayennaraḥ ॥ ;C॥ triśataṃ tvadhamaṃ pañcaśataṃ madhyama- mucyate । sahasramuttamaṃ proktamevaṃ bhedena dh;rayet ॥ <:॥

0 Shiva bhakta should wear Rudrakshas round his crown, earring, chain, round the ear, armlet, at all times, and specially round the stomach qkukṣibandhar, while he is sleeping, drinking, etc.

0ushadha is the sacred alchemy science from the ancient Siddha tradition. 8t combines sacred herbs, prana qthe cosmic force energyr, and most importantly the Shaktipada qentanglement energyr of Paramaśiva qthe ultimater, which can be ingested or physically applied to enter into the body. Through this ancient science, the state, space, and powers of Paramaśiva can be experienced, giving access to the <? states of 2onsciousness.

Like how a perfect mirror reflects the sun perfectly, so does a perfect body reflect consciousness. The science of 0ushadha - sacred herbs prepared as per 0gamas qSource book of 7induism revealed directly by Paramaśivar - is a way to make the body like a pure mirror!

1ecause certain herbs are capable of holding thought currents and transmitting them into you, they can be infused with the Oneness experience during the 0ushadha making process and directly consumed. 0ushadha heals the physical, physiological, and psychological components of your being by tempering and transmuting the whole system, allowing you to be a pure reflection of Paramaśiva, the pure Superconsciousness. 0s a direct science from the 0gamas, it is a direct teaching of Paramaśiva revived by The 0vatar to raise humanity to the next level of consciousness.

Kumkum is processed turmeric. 8t also has the capacity to penetrate the skin and enter into the system. When applied to the brow center, it decalcifies the third eye, 0jna chakra, and also allows you to manifest powers.

9nananjana is an eyeliner, the knowledge eyeliner, made with pure ghee and pure cotton wick. They are lit by a lamp energized through the 0wakened Third 4ye of an 8ncarnation or an 4nlightened 1eing. 7is very bio-energy is instilled in that fire and the smoke which comes out of that fire is captured on a silver vessel and the pure cow ghee is added to that.

Through the proper process, an alchemy product called jnan;njana is prepared. That jnan;njana applied on three eyes, detoxifies all the three eyes and raises your frequency, making you understand the ? aspects of 8shvara, ;; dimensions of Universe, and <? states of 2onsciousness – the whole Maya Matrix. 9nan;njana, applied on all three eyes, makes you all manifest all the powers of Paramaśiva. 8t is alchemy science to master the Maya Matrix.

0ushadha is a key component of authentic Yoga, to fully engage all the senses and stimulate the body through the alchemical processes. The aushadhas selected for this process are turmeric, kumkum, jnananjana, and sandalwood.

Turmeric is one of the most powerful ways to detoxify the body and absorb higher levels of prana throughout your Yoga practice. 8t has the property of entering the system through the skin and directly absorbing neuro-toxins built up in the body. 4very micro milligram of turmeric that gets into your system will clean ten times that of fluoride toxin. Turmeric is applied to the temples to completely detoxify the entire system and help you manifest powers of Paramaśiva.

Sandalwood is used to invoke 3ivine energies. 8t is one of the most powerful medicines in 0yurveda for detoxing, cooling the body, healing wounds, and healthy skin. 8t is famous for its anti-aging qualities but also its spiritual properties, like clearing the mind and reducing stress. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM uses sandalwood as one of the components in all of 7is aushadha processes.

Paramaśiva reveals jñ;na-anjana in Sri 6uru 6ita to 3evi「

अ्न ्-┪तजोमüधव्य ्न अüजन्कय | कु ुिü्लत यमेन त्मो┧रगुरवमेनम ajñ;na-timir;ndhasya jñ;na anjanaśal;kay; | cakṣurunmīlitaṁ yena tasmai śrigurave namaḥ || ?C ||

One, who removes the blinding darkness of the eyes, caused by the absence of true liberating knowledge, by applying jñ;na-anjana, the sacred black eye-liner anointing the three eyes, which is of the essence and bio-energy of pure knowledge, and awakens the all-pervasive infinite eye, cakṣuḥ, the intra-organ through which ィall that isゥ is seen, onto that Sri 6uru, 8 surrender. 7is 3ivine 7oliness THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM reveals the beneftis of turmeric and kumkum「

0tma Pram;ṇa - आ्मा रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Rubbing the turmeric and applying kumkum, that detoxifies the intra-organ called Third 4ye. Putting your attention on the Third 4ye, activates something called 0jna, means the energy to activate the intra-organ called Third 4ye happens by putting your attention on it.

Part 2: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's Nithyananda Yoga_English_part_2.md

The Nithyananda Yoga Paddhati is the combination of the Prathama Vinyasa Krama qPVKr, 3vithiya Vinyasa Krama q3VKr and Trithiya Vinyasa Krama qTVKr are the first ever sequences of synchronized ;:B, =:B and ?:B traditional asanas. This is yet another 3ivine gift in the field of Yoga delivered by the 0vatar THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM. 8t is the only Yoga in the world to revive physical postures along with the chanting of their Sanskrit pramanas and there is no other asana sequence in the world right now which accomplishes ;:B asanas within >< minutes.

On average, other vinyasa kramas contain anywhere from <: to maximum @: Yoga asanas. Through these sequences, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is yet again breaking the barriers of logic and our perceived limits.

4ach of the 3VKゥs =:B asanas all have original scriptural references which are followed precisely in every class. 5rom the way we hold our hands to where we place our gaze, every detail is aligned to Paramaśivaゥs instruction.

While performing the Trithiya Vinyasa Krama, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has explained that the bodyゥs senses are so stimulated and overwhelmed that the body is able to directly experience the state of samadhi.

The ancient practice of having a Tantradharak is being revived through the TVK. 0 Tantra-dharak is one who holds the space for the ritual of Yoga to happen. They set the context of Yoga as a 7indu ritual and lead the Sanskrit chanting of all the Yoga pramanas.

These sequences are being selected by the 0vatar 7imself to bring us to the next level with every performance. Simply by doing the TVK, one can experience direct Oneness with the Ultimate「 ParamaShivoham. 8t delivers the experience of 3ivine entering man.

Seal the perineal floor」 tensing the area between the anus and genitals.

Sucking the stomach inwards and then up, along with Mula 1andha. 2an be done before or after exhalation.

Tucking the chin down and pressing it against the chest, creating a lock at the throat center.

Tucking the chin down and pressing it against the chest, creating a lock at the throat center.

1hrumadhye - 6aze to the third eye

Nasagre - 6aze to tip of the nose

Urdhva - 6aze upwards

Nabhichakra - 6aze to Navel

Parshva - 6aze to side

Śambhavi - 6aze out, but eternally within

8nhale deeply, visualizing heat, flames, raising up along the spine to the navel center, then hold the breath.

8nhale deeply, then place fingers「 little beneath lower lip, ring above upper lip, middle closing nostrils, index over eyes, thumbs closing ears

1ring right hand to face then close left nostril with index finger. 8nhale through right nostril then close with thumb. 7old breath, then exhale out right nostril. Repeat other side.

8nhale deeply and hold the breath. Then, focus on a slow, controlled exhalation out of the nose.

6ently restrict the navel cavity and inhale through the nose making an ocean-like sound internally, then hold the breath. Release through the nose.

8nhale deeply through the nose, hold the breath comfortably then release through nose.

8nhale deeply then hold the breath. 2oncentrate, in succession on your soles, organs of generation, navel, heart, throat, uvala, third eye, forehead then brahmanda.

8nhale deeply through the nose then lock the chin to the chest in jalandhara bandha. 7old the breath and then slowly exhale through the nose maintaining the throat lock.

Murrcha

Quickly and forcibly inhale through the nose. 7old the breath for a short while, then slowly release through the nostrils.

2lose the right nostril and inhale through the left. 7old the breath then repeat the other side.

8nhale through the nose and hold the breath. Then, with mental force, move the prana through all different areas of the body.

2url the tongue inside the mouth, so the tip slightly comes outside the lips, creating a small gap to inhale through, ェlike the beak of a crow.ォ 7old breath after inhalation.

With a restricted breath, inhale through the nose, making the sound of a male bee. 7old the breath, then exhale buzzing like a female bee.

2ontinuously make quick burst exhalations out of the nose again and again, by pulling the stomach inwards and up.

–

–

6ently place the tongue against the back of the teeth and inhale. 7old the breath then exhale slowly through the nose.

Place the tongue on the root of the mouth and inhale deeply making a ィhissingゥ sound, then hold the breath.

Make a hollow of palms and place it on mouth. Keep thumbs under teeth and close the lips fix the gaze steadily at the tip of nose. 8nhale through pingala nadi and exhale through mouth to the capacity.

8nhale through the mouth making the sound of a flute as you do so.

6ods

Rishis, Sages, Yogis, 6urus

Visualizations are an integral component of each asana performed. Some postures may be physically identical, but can provide a completely different experience with the alteration of oneゥs visualization.

When you are embracing each visualization, remember to embody the state & space of that object or entity. When you perform ィSamyamaゥ, embodying, contemplating, visualizing, you are downloading and installing that very bio-memory into your being. Thus, the manner and intensity of your visualizations play an important role in manifesting the state, space, powers, being, and super-consciousness of Paramaśiva.

The 3vithiya Vinyasa Krama, and all other Nithyananda Yoga sequences, may be seen by some as only for ィ0dvancedゥ Yogis with extreme flexibility or abilities, but this is not the case. Throughout the sequence you will see each posture demonstrated by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, if you feel a posture may be too advanced, itゥs important to remember that if you are not able to perform it as described in the pramana, it does not mean itゥs notfor you!

0ll asanas have different variations and levels of regressions to suit your specific body-type and ability. Thus, if a posture seems too advanced or difficult, still make effort to perform the posture to the best of your ability while incorporating itゥs other components, such as mudras, bandhas, pranayama, etc.

With THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM initiation into these authentic yoga sequences – the manifestation of flexibility and health is inevitable, so long as your practice ritualistically and with a powerful intention, then it will be.

8nterlace and interlock all of the fingers from outside in qfinger tips pressing against palmsr

The downward facing palm of the right hand blessing the world.

1ring the thumbs and little fingers together and spread all fingers, opening up the palms.

Palms cupped on top of one another, representing a lotus flower.

Palms together, either in front of the heart center or above the head

5ingers「 little beneath lower lip, ring above upper lip, middle closing nostrils, index over eyes, thumbs closing ears

4ngaging, awakening the kunalini shakti towards Sahasrara chakra.

Prana Mudra

8ndex and middle finger together.

6azing out but eternally gazing within.

Press the tongue against roof the mouth, visualize catching amrita, the nectar of immortality, dripping down from the sahasrara chakra.

Place the index, middle and ring fingers at the heart center with thumbs and little fingers out.

8ndex and thumbs touching one another.

5ingers interlaced from inside out.

2oncentrate on 2osmic 2onsciousness in either Muladhara, 0nahata or Sahasrara 2hakra.

Pressing the tongue up against the roof of the mouth.

Traditional dance movements, which take place in between certain asanas. The Yogi should move with gracefully, consciously, from the space of bhakti towards Paramaśiva and 6uru.

While performing certain asanas, weights may be added to various parts of the body in different ways. Look for the below weight symbols to increase the intensity of the posture during suggested asanas. The Yogi may also use/apply weights to any posture that they feel safely increases the intensity of the posture to enhance strength or to improve flexibility.

~ Take a ceremonial bath/shower ~

~ 2omplete the Shuddhi Kriya cleansing techniques「 4ye wash, Nasal cleansing, 4nema, evening 7aritaki powder ~

~ 2onsume ; cup of turmeric juice qwater mixed with a pinch of turmeric and ahimsa-honeyr ~

~ Where black clothes ~

~ Remove your upper cloth / t-shirt qfor male bodies onlyr ~

~ Tie your hair on top of the sahasrara chakra qwith no loose endsr ~

~ Wear a kantha mala, Rudraksha bead at the throat center ~

~ Wear Sundaravanam earrings, hooped Rudraksha earrings ~

~ 0pply sandalwood paste and turmeric to either side of the temples ~

~ 0pply jnana-anjana onto the Third 4ye, then Kum-Kum, the processed turmeric on third eye as well ~

~ 0pply 1hasma, sacred ash, to all ;@ points of the body「 5orehead, wrists, elbows, shoulders, traps, neck, earlobes, obliques, stomach and chest ~

~ 7ave a quiet place for your practice, free from all distractions and potential disturbances ~

~ Space for your Yoga mat to face towards the West~

~ Place an image of the Sri 2hakra either above qex. on the ceilingr or below you qex. below the Yoga matr ~

~ 0 cup of water and spoon qfrom Puja kitr for the ritualistic cleansing ~

~ 7ave an 0tma Murthi, life-sized image/deity of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, facing towards the 4ast ~

~ 0 set of Karla Kattaiゥs qwooden weightsr, dumbbells, or any preferred method to apply external weight to the body ~

Shastra Pramana 8shvara 6ita Verse ?<

नम्कृ ्याथ यहेगüराि्छ्यां0चもव ちवनायकम ्। गुु्चもव च मांयहेगी यु्जीत सुसमा┨हतः ॥५२॥ ?<

namaskṛty;tha yogandr;cchiṣy;ṃścaiva vin;yakam।guruñcaiva ca m;ṃ yogī yuñjīta susam;hitaḥ ॥?<॥

The Yogi should perform the yogic process, by offering his devoted salutations qnamaskarr to the disciples, to Vinayaka q6aneshar, his 6uru, and onto Me q8shvara Paramaśivar by placing the self in the uniting space of oneness being absorbed in restful awareness.

The start of every THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga class/ritual begins with the opening prayer, the Sadguru-Vandanam「 8nvoking the 6uruゥs Presence

nithyanandam paramasukhadam kevalam jnanamurtim dvandvaateetam gaganasadruham tattwamasyaadi-lakshyam ekam nityam vimalam achalam sarvadhi-sakshi-bhootam bhaavaateetam triguna-rahitam sadgurum tam namaami

8 surrender to that Sadguru who is eternal bliss, the bestower of supreme happiness, the One, who is the embodiment of wisdom, who is beyond duality, who is omnipresent, to whom the Supreme goal is giving the 4nlightement experience, who is eternal, pure and unshakeable, who is the silent spectator of all thought processes, who is beyond emotions and the who is without the three qualities called Sattva - Purity, Rajas - Passion and Tamas - Slumber

The Sri Mat Sarvajnanottara 0gama states in the Yoga Pada section, Verse ;:「

Without allowing the upper row of teeth to touch the lower teeth and without allowing the tongue to touch the corners of the mouth, and keeping his eyes half-closed and raised, the sadhaka should repeat the mulamantra of Siva in a perfect way as instructed by his 6uru.

0fter chanting the Sadguru Vandanam, chant the Shiva Mula Mantra ;; times, internally...

8 bow to the Supreme 2onsciousness, to that 2onsciousness who is my beloved teacher, 8 bow.

Take one uddharani qspoonr of water from the panchapatra qcupr and pour it on the center of your right palm. Then with the chanting of the mantras drink the water from the palm three times「

With the base of the thumb wipe the lower and upper lips > Wash your hands > Touch the lower and upper lips with the index, middle and ring fingers together > Wash your hands > Touch both the nostrils qright and then left r with the tip of thumb and index finger joined together

Touch the eyes qright and then leftr with the tip of the thumb and ring finger joined together > Touch the ears qright and then left r with the tip of the thumb and ring finger joined together >Touch the navel with the little finger and thumb joined together then the right and left chest > Wash your hands

With all the fingers, Touch the crown of the head and both the shoulders qright and then leftr

ェYoga is not just for physical fitness and mental peace alone... Yoga is for manifesting the state, space, being, powers and super-consciousness of Paramaśiva!ォ -THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM-

Sankalpa is a Sanskrit word which can be translated as ィresolveゥ, or ィwillゥ, or ィdeterminationゥ. When we make a sankalpa in Yoga Nidra it becomes a very effective tool for making profound changes to the way we think and feel. The right Sankalpa can reshape our personality and direction in life along positive lines. Sankalpa is a seed which we plant deep in the subconscious. 8t should be planted with strong willpower and feeling, at a time when the mind is relaxed and ready to accept and absorb it. Such a state occurs during Yoga nidra. Once the sankalpa is planted deep in the subconscious it gathers together the vast forces of the mind in order to bring about its fruition. This deep powerful seed will eventually manifest itself again and again at a conscious level and bring about changes in your personality and life.

q1elow is the short Sankalpa, which can be chanted if this is the second Sankalpa of the dayr

Om mamopatta Samasta durita kshaya dvara Sri sadguru prityartham Sri nithyanandeshwari adi shakti sameta Sri Nithyanandeshwara Paramaśiva prityartham Sri sarva deva 3evi swarupa sadguru THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Swami kripa katakshena poorana aarogya yukta dridha gaatra yowgika sharira siddhyartham Param ashiva Shakti 0avishkaranaartham sakutumbasya jnanavairagya jivan mukti praptyartham K08L0S0ゥs THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga bhyasam Karishye.

q1elow is the long Sankalpa, which should be chanted if this is the first Sankalpa of the dayr

mamop;tta-samasta-durita-kṣayadv;r;-bhagavacchré-THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM-parama'ivaprītyarthaṁ 'ré-THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMe'varé-par;'akti-sameta-'rénity;nande'vara-parama'iva-prétyartha) ca śubhe śobhane muhūrte adyabrahmaṇaḥ dvitīya-par;rdhe śrī-śveta-var;ha-kalpe vaivasvata-manvantare añö;vi)'atitame nityayuge prathame p;de q'ubhar________dvīpe ________ varṣe ________ khaṇḍe qwhen the puja is done in Bharat chant「 jambu dvīpe bharata varṣe bharathaḥ khaṇḍer meroù dakñiëe p;r've'akäbde asmin vartam;ne vyavah;rike qfill these blanks referring to thepanchangam – the Vedic almanacr ________-n;ma -samvatsare-ayane ________-ṛtau ________-m;se ________-pakṣe ________-śubhatithau ________-v;sara-yukt;y;ṁ ________- nakñatra -yoga-karaṇa-evaṁ-guṇa-viśeṣaṇa-viśiṣṭ;y;ṁ asy;ṁ śubhatithau 'ré-kail;sonnatadv;da';nta-'y;mal;-péöh;rüòha 'ré-mén;kñi-sundare'var;bhinna-svarüpa para'iva-putra-ratna

kum;ra

'ré-p;rvaté-stanyap;na-labdha-divya-jï;na-vi'ruta-sakala-nigam;gama-s;rabhüta-dräviòa-veda-pravak t; 'rémat-parama'iva-karuë;-samadhigata-mukt;maya-catura'ray;na-géyam;na-chatra-c;mara- 'récihnak;hal;di-samasta-birad;valyalaìk;ta jï;na-

vijï;na-cakravarti sarva-jana-saìgha-sadyo-nirv;ëa-dékñ;vyay;pavarga-varña vi'r;ëa jémütapara-mata-kalabha-kesari 'aiva-siddh;nta-sth;pan;c;rya 'ré-r;j;dhir;ja-p;ëòya-mah;r;ja-guru kñapaëa-';ky;di-mah;ndhak;ra-niv;raëa-jï;nabh;nu vékñaë;narh;rha-dhvajocchedana-pürvaka- 'rémad-v;ñabha-dhvaja-

sth;paka 'aiva-samaya-kart; sarvajïapéöh;rüòha 'ré-jagadguru- 'ré-jï;nasambandha-de'ika-sv;mi-v;gé'a-sundara-m;ëikyav;caka-sv;min;m-avat;ra-bhüta 'ré-jï;nasambandha-sv;mi-punaruddhåta-'y;mal;péöha-mah;sa)sth;na-jï;nas;mr;jya-';saka sarvajïapéöh;rüòha trinavatyuttara-dvi'atatama-gurumah;sannidh;na mah;nirv;ëipéöhasya-añöottara-sahasra'ré-mah;maëòale'vara aöalapéöhasya-añöottara-sahasratama-añöottara-sahasra'ré-aöalapéöh;dhé'vara dharmamukti-svargapura-svarëapéöhasya-trayovi)'a-gurumah;sannidh;na 'rémat-paramaha;sa-parivr;jak;c;ryavarya-saccid;nanda-praëavasvarüpa- 'rotriya-brahmaniñöha-nityotsava-nityamaìgala-nityakaly;ëa-nityarajita-nity;nandapéöha-mah;sa)sth ;na-mah;si)h;sana-péöha-kart; kail;sa-punaruddh;raka jagadguru- 'ré-la-'ré-bhagavacchré-THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM-'ré-jï;nasambandha-de'ika-param;c;rya- sv;min;) prétyartha) teñ; p;d;ravindayoù bhakti-siddhyarth; gurukṛp;-kaṭ;kṣa-siddhyarthaṁ kṣema-sthairya-vīrya-vijaya-;yur;rogya-aiśvary;ṇ;m abhivṛddhyarthaṁ dharm;rtha-k;ma-mokṣa-caturvidha-phala-purus;rtha-siddhyarthaṁ samastaduritopa-ś;ntyarthaṁ samasta-maṅgala-av;ptyarthaṁ bhagavacchré-THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM-pras;dena-sakuṭumbasya-jï;na-vair;gya-jīvan-mukti-pr;ptyarthaṁ bhagavacchré-THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM-k;p;-kaö;kñeëa-püraëa-;rogya-yukta-d;òhag;tra-yaugika- 'aréra-siddhyarth; parama'iva'akti-äviñkaraëärtha) ca nityänanda-yog;bhy;s; / nity;nanda-kuëòaliné-rajju-yog;bhy;s;/nity;nanda-'ivastambha-yog;bhy;s; kariñye |

8n order that the Master is pleased by the process of destruction of my Karmas and sins, 8, for the benefit of myself during the second half of the life-time of Lord 1rahma, during the Kalpa called Shweta Varaha, during the regime of Vaivasvata Manau, during the first quarter of the age called Nitya Yuga, in the island called 9ambu, in the continent called 1harata Varsha, in the Hindu sub-continent called 1haratah Khanda, in the southern side of the Mt. Meru, in the Shaka era, during this auspicious year, which is one of the set of sixty years which is in practice of which Prabhava is the first year, in the auspiscious 0yana qUttara/3akshinar, in the auspicious season, in this auspicious month, in the auspicious paksha qphase of the moonr qWaxing/Waningr, on the auspicious tithi qno. of day from the new moon / full moonr, on this auspicious day, during the auspicious nakshatra qVedic starr, auspicious yoga, auspicious karana - during such an auspicious moment, for pleasing Sri THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Sri 9nanasambandha 3eshika Param;charaya Swami – the one who is the incarnation of the 9nanasambandha who has adorned the Shy;mal; Pīta, who is the embodiment of Sri Mīnakshi Sundareshwara, who is the favourite son of Lord Paramaśiva, the incarnation who graced 7imself as a 6uru, the one who, because of drinking the milk from the breast of Mother Parvati created the 3ravida Veda which is the essence of Vedas and 0gamas, who is the establisher of the pearl palanquin received by the grace of Lord Paramaśiva, the founder of the Shaiva tradition, the one who has adorned the seat of Omniscience, the Master of the 2osmos, such a Master who has adorned the scared seat of Omniscience previously adorned by 9nanasambandhar, who is the <C=rd 6uru Maha sannidhanam of that spiritual kingdom established by 9anasambandar, the 0charya whose feet even has the qualities of dignity , majesty , distinction , excellence and beauty, who is the in the state of Paramahamsa, the 0charya of all Sannyaasis that is all the wandering monks, who is the embodiment of the sacred syllable OM, who is the embodiment of the pure Truth, 2onsciousness and 1liss, who is the knower of the Vedas, who is the one established in the Super 2onsciousness, who is the 9agadguru who founded the Maha Simhasana of the spiritual kingdom - the THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM peetham which has festivity all around it all the time, which has auspiciousness, all great divine qualities, and is ever-alluring, for gaining devotion at the lotus feet of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, for receiving the grace of the Master, for having growing security, fortitude, power, victory, longevity, health and wealth. 5or the fruition of the four goals of my life, that is – 3harma – living my life through righteous means, 0rtha – earning a living for myself through righteous means, Kama – fulfilling my desires through righteous means, and Moksha - liberation from all bondages that exist for me as a human being, for dissolving all my accumulated karmas, for receiving all auspiciousness, for living 4nlightenment along with my whole family by the grace of the Master, 8 am directly worshipping the feet of the 4nlightened Master THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM who is the embodiment of all the 6ods and the 6oddess.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

90P0 SO7UM

;. Sit in a comfortable cross-legged position with your head, neck and spine in a straight line. <. 1ring the index and thumbs together and place on top of the respective knees and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize Lord Shiva in your inner space

60Z4

MU3R0

1indu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse =.?

। आसनं ちविजतंयめन िजतंतめन जग्रयम ्॥ ५२ ॥

Tat sukh;sanamityuktamaśaktastat sam;caret | ;sanaṃ vijitaṃ yena jitaṃ tena jagattrayam ॥ ?< ॥

That, wherein comfort and steadiness are attained somehow or other, is known as the Sukhasana.

S0M0N0 KUM170K0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih @<

तत ्सुखासनぞम्युèतमशèत्तत ्समाचरめत ् नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

┩बüदु「 मुरा तजवüयंगु्ठसंयへगागरतへ ┩बüदुमु┨रका ॥

tarjanyaṃguṣṭhasaṃyog;gagrato bindu mudrik; ॥

The index finger and thumb tips joint together

शへधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयへः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शへषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतめ॥ ९२ ॥ वषへüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यへनめ0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनめन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रめचयめदめषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रへ्यतめ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ;

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita

Bring the legs into padmasana. Bring palms together and raise them above the head. Keep elbows straight and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize Yourself as Mount Kailash

Anjali Mudra Mudra Vidhanam

अथ व्यめमहादめव पववतासन म्गलं 8 यत ्कृ ्वा ि्थरूपी ्यात ् ष्चरा┨दちवलへपनम ्॥२३.५२॥

atha vakṣye mah;deva parvat;sanamaṅgalam। yat kṛtv; sthirarūpī sy;t ṣaṭcakr;divilopanam॥

O Mah;deva! now 8 shall talk about auspicious parvat;sana」 Practising which qmentalr stability is gained, and the penetration of the six cakras is called parvat;sana.

To cleanse the urinary bladder, liver, spleen and diaphragm, Parvatasana must be done in seated and lying down positions. Also known as tadasana variation and can be practiced sitting or lying down.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

दाकचत ्आदाकु चत अगुययहेः वाभमखु ◌ंकरयहेः अयहेयसबं धमेअजलः

kinchit aakunchita angulyagrayoh svaabhimukham karayoh anyonyasambandhe anjali

With both palms facing each other, kept in close connection and having contracted the finger-tips a little makes 0njali mudra.

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दतेषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु तेषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजेशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहे्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ;

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita

Bring soles of the feet together in front. 7old the left hand by the right and place the forehead on the ground behind the heels. 4ngage all three bandhas and gaze to the nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Shambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad

पूववちवっध याहूं मंजानほ उभमोपगथली संपुट ठानहे। ちप्ट पछमोदहेउ कर ्यावहे द┪छण कर सहे वाम गहावहे॥ ちपि्ट हथमेयां की हमोए जहोई अंसुसहित भूजोम धरहेसहोई। पु┪न लला┨ट भूप┧र ठानमे एडयां लगता मा┨ह आनं॥

pūrva vidhi y;hūṃ meṃ j;nau ubhai pagathalī saṃpuṭa ṭh;no। piṣṭa pachai dou kara ly;vo dachiṇa kara so v;ma gah;vo॥ piṣṭi hathely;ṃ kī haie joī aṃsu sahita bhūmi dharai soī। puni lal;ṭi bhūpari ṭh;ne eḍay;ṃ lagat; m;hi ;neṃ॥

Bring both soles together. Bring both hands towards backside and hold the left hand by the right hand and place the hand on the ground. Place forehead on the ground qby bending forwardr near the ankles. 6aze at the nose.

1ody becomes purified. This asana facilitates kapalabhati. 8t makes you 3heera, a person who conquers the inner world.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चमे्-दमेहमे्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दतेषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु तेषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजेशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहे्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ;

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Visualize Yourself as a Snake

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita

Keep soles of the feet together and forehead to the ground behind heels. Stretch hands out in front of the feet and cup the palms, making a hallow. 4ngage all three bandhas and gaze to the nose.

Shambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad

पूरब ちवっध प┧र आगानमनीचほ हहोई क्हूणी फणा ्यह लगाई हाथ आगानमोधरती लगावमोपसार दहेऊ हाथ की अ्जुली करमो भूयडी प┧र लगावमो┨रि्ट नासा अर आसण कほ गुण स┧रर ┩बथा जाई

pūraba vidhi pari ;g;nai nīcau hauī kalhūṇī phaṇ; syau lag;ī h;tha ;g;nai dharatī lag;vai pas;ri doū h;tha kī añjulī karai bhū yaḍī pari lag;vai driṣṭi n;s; agra ;saṇa kau guṇa sarira bith; j;ī

Sit on the ground with legs extended in front. 1ring both soles together keeping knees sidewards on the ground. 1end the head forward place elbows on legs and extend hands on ground. 5orm a hollow of hands. 3irect the gaze at the tip of nose.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चमे्-दमेहमे्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दतेषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु तेषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजेशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहे्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ;

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita

7old the big toes with index and middle fingers. Stretch legs straight out and upwards, then cross into Padmasana. Lean forward and down onto elbows. 4ngage all three bandhas.

Visualize Yourself as a 1ird

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse

अथाüयदासनं व्यमेयन जोस्धहे भवेüनरः। अक्मा् वायुस्चारं कहदाकला्यासनमेन च॥२३.१०१॥ ऊ्धवेह्त्वयं कृ ्वा तदरमेपादयहे सुधीः । वृ्धा्गु्ठ्वयंनाथ शनमोः शनमोः रकारयमेत ् ॥२३.१०२॥

ath;nyad;sanaṃ vakṣye yena siddho bhavennaraḥ। akasm;d v;yusañc;raṃ kokil;khy;sanena ca॥ ūddharve hastadvayaṃ kṛtv; tadagre p;dayo sudhīḥ। vṛddh;ṅguṣṭhadvayaṃ n;tha śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prak;rayet॥

Now 8 shall talk about another ;sana by which one becomes a siddha」 That is called kokil;sana by which the breath gets circulated instantly. O Lord! raise both hands and stretch both legs upwards」 0nd hold both the big toes, do this in a slow process. 3o the padm;sana properly by contracting and resting over the knee-joints.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चमे्-दमेहमे्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयहेगमेराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दतेषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु तेषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजेशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहे्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv;

śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

;. Place one ankle on top of opposite knee and hold opposite elbows. <. 4ngage all three bandhas, rotate the arms in a circle and gaze to the nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama =. ?=-?B

गへडा बांवा पाद की आष मां┨हली सへय। द┪छ चरन कへ वा┧रलほ ता प┧र गुलफ समへय॥ ५३ ॥वामपाद कへ मा┨ह लほ बहुरへ गुलफ जुजान। ता प┧र गへडा द┪छ की आंष बा┧रली ठान॥ ५४ बहु┧र भुजा दへउ कर की जへउ कहु्या लग┪त रकारへ सへउ॥ भुजपसा┧र अधर क┧र राषも नासा┨ृि्ट वचन न┨ह भाषも॥५५ दへउ हाथ सへ आडもवाई मथもभुजा मथान की नाई॥ सकल पवन म्यへ यूやजावも सへ पु┪न नめती नाम कहावめ॥५६ एसी भां┪त जुग┪त यह धरも रय सं्या साधन सへ करも॥ सनもसनもआतुर न┨ह हへवも सब ही रहेग दめह कめ षへवも॥५७ अथवा रहेग दめह कへ नांही तीनवार साधも┨दन मांही॥ नाडी सबもसुध हहेइ रहも य ततोदめह अमलता लहも॥५८

॥goḍ; b;ṃv; p;da kī ;ṣa m;ṃhilī soya। dachi carana ko v;rilau t; pari gulapha samoya ॥ ?= ॥v;map;da ko m;hi lau bahuro gulapha ju j;na। t; pari goḍ; dachi kī ;ṃṣa b;rilī ṭh;na॥ ?> bahuri bhuj; dou kara kī jou kahuṇy; lagati prak;ro sou॥ bhujapas;ri adhara kari r;ṣai n;s;diṛṣṭi vacana nahi bh;ṣai ॥?? dou h;tha so ;ḍai v;ī mathai bhuj; math;na kī n;ī॥ sakala pavana mathyo yūm̐ j;vai so puni netī n;ma kah;ve॥?@ esī bh;ṃti jugati yaha dharai traya saṃdhy; s;dhana so karai॥ anai sanai ;tura nahi hovai aba hī roga deha ke ṣovai ॥?A athav; roga deha ko n;ṃhī tīnav;ra s;dhai dina m;ṃhī॥ n;ḍī sabai sudha hoi rahai ya tai deha amalat; lahai ॥?B

catch hold of two arms with hands and then extending the arms in front, churn it clock and anti clockwise observing silence. 6aze at the tip of nose. 8t purifies the body. Removes physical disorders. 1ody attains lightness. Nadis are purified. 8t churns the pranavayu. Practise it slowly in the morning, afternoon and evening.

S0M0N0 KUM170K0 :pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddhatih @<

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण

Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण

3hyanabindupanisad C; - C=

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहे्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇā hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ

procyate ॥ C= ॥

the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. Press the hands onto the ground, lifting the hips up high. <. Lower the head then chest, ィscoopingゥ the body forward and down again and again.

Visualize Yourself as an 4lephant

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

Part 3: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga

Kapalakurantakaゥs 7athabhyasa Paddhati <?

üयु्जं पादारमेभूमほकृ ्वा लंबीभूय म्तकारमे┪नधाय ┪नतंबं ऊ्वव मुरम्य नाぞभल्यं भूमほ नाぞसकामा┪नय ह्ततलपयंत नयमेत ्इ्थं पुनः पुनः कु यावत ्गजासनं भव┪त ॥ २५ ॥

nyubjaṃ p;d;gre bhūmaukṛtv; laṃbībhūya mastak;gre nidh;ya nitaṃbaṃ ūrdhva mutramayya n;bhilakṣyaṃ bhūmau n;sik;m;niya hastatalaparyaṃta nayet itthaṃ punaḥ punaḥ kury;t gaj;sanaṃ bhavati ॥ <? ॥

1ending forwards and lengthening the body keep both hands over the head and raise the hip upwards, the bring the nose near the ground which is at the level of the naval and then extend the nose up to the hands. 3o in this way again and again. This is called 6ajasana.

S0M0N0 KUM170K0 :pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddhatih @<

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहमेप्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण

Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कु ्भकाüतरेचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधे यमेन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतमेयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यहेऽयंयहे っगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसमेत त्दतüर्तुवृ्धहेऽちप तुणहे भवमेत ्। नाभमेू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसमेüमृ्युं जय्यमेव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ ;:@ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ ;:A ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ;:B ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. Keep hands pressed into the ground and hips up high. <. 0lternate pressing the heel of one foot into the ground, while lifting the other heel up. =. Repeat again and again.

Visualize Yourself 0s a 1ear

:pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Kapalakurantakaゥs 7athabhyasa Paddhati <A

एकमे कम ् पादमाकु ््य गजासनम ्कु यावत रेशावसनम ्भव┪त 88

ekaikam p;dam;kuñcya gaj;sanam kury;t rkś;sanam bhavati

This is Rksasana.

S0M0N0 KUM170K0 :pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddhatih @<

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहमेप्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण

Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कु ्भकाüतरेचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधे यमेन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतमेयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यहेऽयंयहे っगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसमेत त्दतüर्तुवृ्धहेऽちप तुणहे भवमेत ्। नाभमेू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसमेüमृ्युं जय्यमेव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ ;:@ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ ;:A ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ;:B ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. Stand tall on the tips of the big toes qwith all other toes raised off the groundr. <. Keep head, kneck and spine in a straight line and bring the middle, index and ring fingers to the heart center.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Mudra Vidhanam >.>

V08SY0S0N0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr <>. =>

कमे शमेन पादयुगलं ्ब्वा ┪त्ठमेदधहेमुखः । अथ वमो0या व्यमेय्कृ ्वा स्यवाüभवमेत ्॥

keśena p;dayugalaṃ tbaddhv; tiṣṭheedadhomukhaḥ । atha vaiśy; vakṣye yatkṛtv; satyav;nbhavet ॥

Place both the hands on the chest and place both toes one upon other and stand.

S0M0N0 KUM170K0 :pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddhatih @<

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दमेहमेप्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतमे्वलनं ्यायमेत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण

Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कु ्भकाüतरेचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधे यमेन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतमेयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यहेऽयंयहे っगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसमेत त्दतüर्तुवृ्धहेऽちप तुणहे भवमेत ्। नाभमेू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसमेüमृ्युं जय्यमेव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ ;:@ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ ;:A ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ;:B ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

कु ि्चतं पादमुि्ष्य जनु्तनसमं üयसめत रयへगवशगほ ह्तावू्ववजानु रकी┪तवतम ्॥<?॥

॥ kuñcitaṃ p;damutkṣipya janustanasamaṃ nyasetapraYogavaśagau hast;vūrdhvaj;nu prakīrtitam ॥ <?॥

0 kunchita foot to be thrown up and the knee to be held up qstretchedr on a level with the breast and the two hands to be in harmony with the dance.

;. Stand with heels touching, toes facing outwards at >? degree angle. <. Keep knees bent and both hands at the chest, elbows parallel to the ground. =. Twist one knee towards the center then raise it up and back across the body to original position. >. Simultaneously, as leg raises, follow the movement with the respective hand – raising it up and across the body. ?. Repeat on the other side.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

;. 8nterlace the fingers from outside in and hold onto the knee, pulling it up towards the chest. <. Keep spine straight and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize Yourself 2aressing a 1aby

Sarvashankari Mudra Mudra Vidhanam ?.>

एकं जानुउरぞस आぞल ं्य ्थात्यं बालぞल ंगनं भव┪त ॥ ८४ ॥

ekaṃ j;nu urasi ;liṃgya sth;tavyaṃ b;laliṃganaṃ bhavati ॥ B> ॥

Keeping one knee against the chest continue to stay embracing it. This is called 1alalingasana.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शへधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयへः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शへषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतめ॥ ९२ ॥ वषへüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यへनめ0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनめन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रめचयめदめषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रへ्यतめ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ

procyate ॥ C= ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

;. Take one foot and pull it behind towards the buttocks, holding it with both hands. =. Keep head, kneck and spine in a straight line and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

MU3R0

ि्थ्वもकि्मन ्पादतलめकरा्यां वめ्टयめतनुम ् पृ्ठめसं्था्य य्नめन पादपीडनमासनम ्

sthitvaikasmin p;datale kar;bhy;ṃ veṣṭayettanum pṛṣṭhe saṃsth;pya yatnena p;dapīḍanam;sanam

Stand on one leg. 1end other leg to bring foot to the back. 7old foot with the hands.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शへधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयへः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शへषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतめ॥ ९२ ॥ वषへüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यへनめ0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनめन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रめचयめदめषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रへ्यतめ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ

procyate ॥ C= ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

N0T0R090S0N0 ;<.

Visualize Yourself as Lord Nataraja

MU3R0

;. With respective hand, hold onto the sole of the foot from the inside. <. 4xtend opposite hand forward, with index and thumb together. =. Simultaneously, kick and pull the foot back and up while leaning forward.

उतानपादं रほ्चं च मरीっच ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं ┩रकへणं च सु्ता्ग्ठरसारणめ॥

utt;nap;daṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭar;jaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca supt;ṅgaṣṭhapras;raṇe ॥

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangusthasana.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

┩बüदु「 मुरा तजवüयंगु्ठसंयへगागरतへ ┩बüदुमु┨रका ॥

tarjanyaṃguṣṭhasaṃyog;gagrato bindu mudrik; ॥

0K0S782 R4V4L0T8ON The index finger and thumb tips joint together

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग््य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

;. 8nterlace the fingers from outside in and hold onto the knee, pulling it up towards the chest. <. Keep spine straight and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize Yourself 2aressing a 1aby

MU3R0 Sarvashankari Mudra

एकं जानुउरぞस आぞल ं्य ्थात्यं बालぞल ंगनं भव┪त ॥ ८४ ॥

ekaṃ j;nu urasi ;liṃgya sth;tavyaṃ b;laliṃganaṃ bhavati ॥ B> ॥

Keeping one knee against the chest continue to stay embracing it. This is called 1alalingasana.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शへधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयへः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शへषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतめ॥ ९२ ॥ वषへüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यへनめ0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनめन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रめचयめदめषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रへ्यतめ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ

procyate ॥ C= ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati @<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

;. Take one foot and pull it behind towards the buttocks, holding it with both hands. =. Keep head, kneck and spine in a straight line and engage all three bandhas.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

MU3R0

ि्थ्वもकि्मन ्पादतलめकरा्यां वめ्टयめतनुम ् पृ्ठめसं्था्य य्नめन पादपीडनमासनम ्

sthitvaikasmin p;datale kar;bhy;ṃ veṣṭayettanum pṛṣṭhe saṃsth;pya yatnena p;dapīḍanam;sanam

Stand on one leg. 1end other leg to bring foot to the back. 7old foot with the hands.

नाभावापूयववायुश ्-चめ्-दめहめ्या्य ちवधा┧रतः कु ि्भतめ्वलनं ्यायめत ्समान्य तु कु ्भकः

n;bh;v;pūrya v;yuś-ced-dehe vy;pya vidh;ritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhy;yet sam;nasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शोधनं मलजालानांघटनं चंद्रसूर्ययोः ॥ ९१ ॥ रसानां शोषणं सम्यङ् महामुद्राभिधीयते ॥ ९२ ॥ वक्षोन्यस्तहनुर्निपीड्य सुषिरं योनेश्च वामाङ्घ्रिणा हस्त्याभ्यामनुधारयन् प्रविततं पादं तथा दक्षिणम् । आपूयर्श्वसनेन कुक्षियुगलं बद्ध्वा शनै रेचयेदेषा पातकनाशिनी ननु महामुद्रा नृणां प्रोच्यते ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malajālānaṃ ghaṭanaṃ caṃdrasūryayoḥ ॥ rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hastyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ baddhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanaśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Mahā-mudra for men.

नाभावापूर्यवायुश्चेद्देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुंभिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुंभकः

nābhāvāpūryavāyuśceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kuṃbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu kuṃbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

गुदं पार्ष्ण्य तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् | वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायति समीरणः || प्राणपानौ नादबिंदू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् | गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ||

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuṃcayet balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ || prāṇāpānau nādabiṃdū mūlabaṃdhena caikatām | gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

॥ व्यावृतपरिवृत्तस्तु स एव तु करो यदा अंचितो नासिकाग्रे तु तदांचितमुदाहृतम् ॥

vyāvṛttaparivṛttastu sa eva tu karo yadā aṃcito nāsikāgre tu tadāṃcitamudāhṛtam ॥

8n the ardhasvastika the karihasta to be alternately in vyavartita qvyavrittar and parivartita movement and then bent upon the tip of the nose.

;. 5rom 0raimandi q7eels together, toes pointing outwards and knees bentr, bring right foot behind the other with toes down and heels up. <. Keep left hand at the chest, and extend the opposite arm out wide, and like a pendulum, bring it back towards the chest qKarihastar. =. While the arm swings, move fingers one by one inwards towards the palm, and then outwards qlittle finger then ring, middle and so-onr. >. Place right hand over the nose q0nchita Karanar. ?. Uncross the ankles and repeat on the other side.

॥ स्वस्तिकौ चरणौ कृत्वा करिहस्तं च दक्षिणम् वक्षस्थने तथा वाममर्दस्वस्तिकमादिशेत् ॥

svastikau caraṇau kṛtvā karihastaṃ ca dakṣiṇam vakṣasthāne tathā vāmārdhasvastikamādiśet ॥

The two feet to make the svastika, the right hand making the karihasta gesture, and the left one lying on the breast.

॥ वर्तितवाघूर्णितः सव्यो हस्तो वामश्च डोलितः स्वस्तिकापसृतः पादः करणं घूर्णितं तु तत् ॥

vartitāghūrṇitaḥ savyo hasto vāmaśca ḍolitaḥ svastikāpasṛtaḥ pādaḥ karaṇaṃ ghūrṇitaṃ tu tat ॥

The right hand whirled round and the left in dola gesture, The feet drawn away from svastika position, is 6hurnita karana q3ola hand gesture「 when the two shoulders are at ease in a karana and the two pataka hands are hanging down, the dola hand is produced.

;. 5rom 0raimandi, 7eels together and feet pointing outwards, lift one heel up and slam it back down.

• <. 0s one foot slams down, simultaneously raise up the other heel off the ground. =. Slam the feet one after the other alternatively . >. 0t the same time, keep the hands at the chest with elbows/forearms parallel to the ground and rotate the hands qone down, one upr, alternating one facing upwards and the other downwards.

;. Visualize yourself as a skeleton. <. Shake the body intensely.

॥ पर्यावशः कटिश्छिन्ना बाल्वैः शिरसि पल्लवौ पुनःपुनश्च करणं कटिच्छिन्नं तु तद्भवेत् ॥

paryāyaśaḥ kaṭiśchinnā bālvaiḥ śirasi pallavau punaḥpunaśca karaṇaṃ kaṭichinnaṃ tu tadbhavet ॥

The hip serially in chinna pose, two pallava hands held alternately and repeatedly on the 7ead. q2hinna- turned aside, in turning the middle of the waist. Pallava-The < pataka hand joined at the wrist

;. 5rom 0raimandi q7eels together, toes pointing outwards, knees bentr, bring hands above the head with arms crossed and palms facing backwards. <. Move the hips to one side and simultaneously uncross the arms wide above the head. =. 2ome back to beginning position and repeat other side.

Samāna Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita

॥ महामुद्रा बद्धकोणौ ताडासन विभेदकान् विनोत्तनम् सदा कुर्यादर्तर्वनि पति पतिप्रिया॥

mahāmudrā baddhakoṇau tāḍāsana vibhedakān vinottanam sadā kuryādatarvatni pati patipriyā॥

The pregnant lady, who loves her husband, must always do Mahamudra, 1addha Konasana, Tadasana and their variations. She must not do Uttanasana.

नाभावापूर्यवायुश्चेद्देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुंभिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुंभकः

nābhāvāpūryavāyuśceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kuṃbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu kuṃbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शां भवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शोधनं मलजालानांघटनं चंद्रसूर्ययोः ॥ ९१ ॥ रसानां शोषणं सम्यङ् महामुद्राभिधीयते ॥ ९२ ॥ वक्षोन्यस्तहनुर्निपीड्य सुषिरं योनेश्च वामाङ्घ्रिणा हस्त्याभ्यामनुधारयन् प्रविततं पादं तथा दक्षिणम् । आपूयर्श्वसनेन कुक्षियुगलं बद्ध्वा शनै रेचयेदेषा पातकनाशिनी ननु महामुद्रा नृणां प्रोच्यते ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malajālānaṃ ghaṭanaṃ caṃdrasūryayoḥ ॥ rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hastyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ baddhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanaśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Mahā-mudra for men.

Samāna Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita

;. 5rom standing position, lean forward and down bringing hands flat on the ground. <. 4ngage all three bandhas and bring forehead towards the knees.

महामुद्रा बद्धकोणौ ताडासन विभेदकान् विनोत्तनम् सदा कुर्यादर्तर्वनि पति पतिप्रिया॥

mahāmudrā baddhakoṇau tāḍāsana vibhedakān vinottanam sadā kuryādatarvatni pati patipriyā॥

The pregnant lady, who loves her husband, must always do Mahamudra, 1addha Konasana, Tadasana and their variations. She must not do Uttanasana.

नाभावापूर्यवायुश्चेद्देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुंभिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुंभकः

nābhāvāpūryavāyuśceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kuṃbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu kuṃbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शां भवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

शोधनं मलजालानांघटनं चंद्रसूर्ययोः ॥ ९१ ॥ रसानां शोषणं सम्यङ् महामुद्राभिधीयते ॥ ९२ ॥ वक्षोन्यस्तहनुर्निपीड्य सुषिरं योनेश्च वामाङ्घ्रिणा हस्त्याभ्यामनुधारयन् प्रविततं पादं तथा दक्षिणम् । आपूयर्श्वसनेन कुक्षियुगलं बद्ध्वा शनै रेचयेदेषा पातकनाशिनी ननु महामुद्रा नृणां प्रोच्यते ॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malajālānaṃ ghaṭanaṃ caṃdrasūryayoḥ ॥ rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hastyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ baddhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanaśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Mahā-mudra for men.

Samāna Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Jalandhara Bandha Yoga Śikhopaniṣad

;. Keep hands flat on the ground, shoulder width a part and step feet back keeping toes on ground. <. Tuck the chin to the chest qas in 9alandhara bandhar and rotate the head from side to side.

गजासन विस्थ्वा म्तकं वारं वारं दक्षिणकुक्षिम ् स्यकुक्षिम ्नयेत् तरक्श्वासनं भवति

gajāsana vasthitvā mastakaṃ vāraṃ vāraṃ dakṣiṇakukṣim savyakukṣim nayet tarakśvāsanaṃ bhavati

Maintaining the position of gajasana extended the head frequently towards the right side of the belly and left side of the belly qalternativelyr. 8t is called Taraksvasana.

नाभावापूर्यवायुश्चेद्देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुंभिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुंभकः

nābhāvāpūryavāyuśceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kuṃbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu kuṃbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शां भवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

पूरकान्ते तु कर्तव्यो बन्धो जालन्धराभिधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कण्ठसंकोचरूपोऽसौ वायुमार्गनिरोधकः । कण्ठमाकुञ्च्य हृदये स्थापये दृढमिच्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बन्धो जालन्धराख्योऽयममृताप्यायकारकः । अधस्तात् कुञ्चनेनाशु कण्ठसंकोचने कृते ॥ १११ ॥ मध्ये पश्चिमतणेन स्यात् प्राणो ब्रह्मनाडिगः । कुण्डल्या ग्रन्थित्रयविभेदनेन निर्विकल्पकप्राप्तिः वज्रासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुण्डलीम् ॥ ११२ ॥

The bandha known as Jalandhara should be performed at the close of the Puraka (in-filling the vital air). This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. After constricting the throat, he should establish (the vital air) firmly in the bosom. This is known as the Jalandhara bandha , which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by (performing) Pascimatana in the middle, the Prana (vital air) will reach the Brahma-nadi.

Samana Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

#. Lower the entire body down onto the stomach and keep toes pointed backwards. #. Keep hands next to chest and raise the head up using strength of lower back (lift no higher than belly button off mat). =. Open mouth wide and inhale through hollow of throat.

Visualize Yourself as a cobra

मुद्रा

भुजंगानी मुद्रा

Bhujangani Mudra Gheranda Samhita

आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita

अङ्गुष्ठ नाभिपर्यन्तमधोभूमौ विनिन्यसेत् कराभ्यां च धराम् धृत्वा ऊर्ध्व शीर्षः फणीव हि ॥ देहाग्निर्वर्धते नित्यं सर्वरोगविनाशनम् जागर्ति भुजंगी देवी भुजंगासनसाधनात् ॥

Keep the body from the toes to the navel on the floor and placing the palms of the hands also firmly on the floor, raise the head like a snake. This is called Bhujangasana. The fire of the body increases, all diseases are destroyed and kundalini Shakti is awakened by the practice of bhujangasana.

Samana Kumbhaka आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

नाभावापूर्य वायुश्चेद्-देहे व्याप्य विधरितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समान्य तु कुम्भकः

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

शाम्भवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Mula Bandha शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा‌र्ष्णया तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, (the practitioner) should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and Apana (vital airs), as also the Nada (Intellect) and the Bindu (mind), becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. Herein there is no doubt.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

#. From tall plank position (on hands and feet), alternate bringing one knee in towards the chest back and forth.

Shashasana

आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kapalakurantaka Hathabhyasa Paddhati

गजासनसंस्थितौ जानुद्वयमाकुंच्य वारं वारं कर्तव्यं शशासनं भवति

Assuming the position of Gajasana make contraction of the two knees again and again. This is called Shashasana.

Samaanya Kumbhaka आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नभ्य म्-यरं सम्-कृष्य कुण्ड लयः प-र्श्वयः क्षिपेत ग्च्छत तिष्ठत श्वस-ध-रणं न बल्-द्य्- अ निशं सहजः कु म्भः रेक्तः श-कृत्तिवसस्

Inhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa (Shiva)

शाम्भवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Mula Bandha शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा‌र्ष्णया तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, (the practitioner) should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and Apana (vital airs), as also the Nada (Intellect) and the Bindu (mind), becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. Herein there is no doubt.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

#. From tall plank position (with hands and feet on ground), place one foot in between the two hands. #. Simultaneously jump one foot back and bring the other in between the two hands, alternating again and again.

Visualize Yourself as a Chariot

मुद्रा

आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kapalakurantaka Hathabhyasa Paddhati

गजासनसंस्थितौ एकैकं पादं पुरोमार्गेण भ्रामयित्वा कर्तव्यं रथासनं भवति

Assuming the position of Gajasana move the two feet ahead one by one (left foot and right foot alternatively) this is called Rathasana.

Samaanya Kumbhaka आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नभ्य म्-यरं सम्-कृष्य कुण्ड लयः प-र्श्वयः क्षिपेत ग्च्छत तिष्ठत श्वस-ध-रणं न बल्-द्य्- अ निशं सहजः कु म्भः रेक्तः श-कृत्तिवसस्

Inhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa (Shiva)

शाम्भवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Mula Bandha शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा‌र्ष्णया तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, (the practitioner) should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and Apana (vital airs), as also the Nada (Intellect) and the Bindu (mind), becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. Herein there is no doubt.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

#. Keep one foot flat on the ground, toes pointing forwards, and the knee bent at 90 degree angle. #. Extend other leg back, keeping knee straight and toes pointed out at 45 degree angle. =. Raise arms up parallel beside ears, pull the stomach in and up, and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself as Lord Virabhadra

मुद्रा

वीराभद्रासन आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni's Yoga Rahasya

वासिष्ठमथकौण्डिन्यमू‌र्ध्वक कुक्कुटमेव च अष्टावक्रमथोत्तानमयूरं सेतुबन्धनम् उत्तानपादं क्रौंचं च मरीचिं वीरभद्रकम् । नटराजं त्रिकोणं च सुप्ता‌ङ्गुष्ठप्रसारणे ॥

Keep one foot forward, knee bent at level of hip. Back leg extended straight foot on an angle. Raise both arms upwards, near the ears, palms facing together.

Samaanya Kumbhaka आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नभ्य म्-यरं सम्-कृष्य कुण्ड लयः प-र्श्वयः क्षिपेत ग्च्छत तिष्ठत श्वस-ध-रणं न बल्-द्य्- अ निशं सहजः कु म्भः रेक्तः श-कृत्तिवसस्

Inhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa (Shiva)

शाम्भवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

उड्डीयन बन्ध शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तू‌ड्डीयाणकः । बन्धो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तू‌ड्डीयते यतः ॥ १०६ ॥ तस्मादुड्डीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उड्डीयाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अभ्यसेत् तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत् । नाभे‌रूर्ध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ather having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwards).

वीराभद्रासन (Repetition)

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

#. Keep one foot flat on the ground, toes pointing forwards, and the knee bent at 90 degree angle. #. Extend other leg back, keeping knee straight and toes pointed out at 45 degree angle. =. Raise arms up parallel beside ears, pull the stomach in and up, and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself as Lord Virabhadra

मुद्रा

वीराभद्रासन आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni's Yoga Rahasya

वाzoस्ठमथकほि्डüयमू्ववकु èकु टमめव च अ्टावरमथへतानमयूरं सめतुबüधनम ् उतानपादं रほ्चं च मरीっच ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं ┩रकへणं च सु्ता्ग्ठरसारणめ॥

v;siṣṭhamathakauṇḍinyamūrdhvak ukkuṭameva ca aṣṭ;vakramathott;namayūraṃ setubandhanam utt;nap;daṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭar;jaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca supt;ṅgaṣṭhapras;raṇe ॥

Keep one foot forward, knee bent at level of hip. 1ack leg extended straight foot on an angle. Raise both arms upwards, near the ears, palms facing together.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

U338Y0N0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कु ्भकाüतめरめचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधへ यめन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतめयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यへऽयंयへっगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसめत ्तदतüर्तुवृ्धへऽちप तुणへ भवめत ्। नाभめू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत ्रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसめüमृ्युं जय्यめव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

10N370

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0 S78VO70M

;. Stand tall and bring one foot to inner thigh. <. 1ring palms together and raise them up above the head, keeping elbows straight. =. Pull the stomach in and up and gaze forward.

7ands above the head

Visualize Yourself as a Tree

MU3R0

0njali Mudra Mudra Vidhanam

VRKŚ0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

वामへुमूलदめशめच या्यं पादं ┪नधाय तु ┪त्ठめत ्तुवृषव्भूमほ वृषासनぞमदं ちवदुः॥

v;morumūladeśe ca y;myaṃ p;daṃ nidh;ya tu tiṣṭhet tu vṛkṣavadbhūmau vṛkṣ;sanamidaṃ viduḥ॥=?

Vriksha「 Stand straight on one leg qthe leftr, bending the right leg, and placing the right foot on the root of the left thigh」 standing thus like a tree on the ground, is called the Tree-posture.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

0N90L8 MU3R0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam

だकचत ्आだकु चत अगुययへः वाभमखु ◌ंकरयへः अयへयसबं धめअजलः

kinchit aakunchita angulyagrayoh svaabhimukham karayoh anyonyasambandhe anjali

With both palms facing each other, kept in close connection and having contracted the finger-tips a little makes 0njali mudra.

U338Y0N0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कु ्भकाüतめरめचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधへ यめन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतめयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यへऽयंयへっगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसめत ्तदतüर्तुवृ्धへऽちप तुणへ भवめत ्। नाभめू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत ्रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसめüमृ्युं जय्यめव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Visualize Yourself as Lord 6aruda

MU3R0

Namaskar Mudra Mudra Laksanam

;. Stand tall and place one foot at opposite hip. <. 1ring palms together in front of heart center. =. Keep the standing leg ィstraight as a rodゥ.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0 S78VO70M

60RU30S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr

गुडासनमाव्यめयめन ्यानं ि्थरं ि्व। सववदへषा्ちव┪नमुवèतへ भवतीह महाबली॥२३.९८॥ एकपादमुरほ ब््वा एकपादめन द डवत ्। जङघापादसिüधदめशめझान्यरं ्यवि्थतम ्॥२३.९९ ॥ एतदासनमाकृ ्य र्ठめसंहारमुरया। आरा्य यへगनाथं च सदा सवे्वर्य च॥२३.१००॥

garuḍ;sanam;vakṣye yena dhy;naṃ sthiraṃ bhvi। sarvadoṣ;dvinirmukto bhavatīha mah;balī॥ ekap;damurau baddhv; ekap;dena da ḍavat। jaṅagh;p;dasandhideśe jh;navyagraṃ vyavasthitam॥ etad;sanam;kṛtya praṣṭhe saṃh;ramudray;। ;r;dhya Yogan;thaṃ ca sad; sarveśrvarasya ca॥

Now q8 shall talkr garuđ;sana doing which the mind becomes stable in this world」 q0nd the practitionerr becomes free of all sorts of imperfections and becomes a mah;bali qa person with super powersr. Stand on one foot straight like a rod and place the other foot on the qoppositer thigh at the joint of the groin, doing so restless qpractitioner for knowledger becomes stable minded. 0fter doing this ;sana meditate on samh;ra mudra」 Then worship Yogan;tha and sarveśvara.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

N0M0SK0R0 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Raurava 0gama - Mudra Laskanam

रु्दめशめतु┪नपी्यめत ह्तयへुभयへ्तलम ् ॥ नम्कारा तुちवञめया मिüरणा मüरवüदनめ ।

hruddeśe tu nipīḍyeta hastayorubhayostalam ॥ namask;r; tu vijñey; mantriṇ; mantravandane ।

Pressing together the palms of right hand and left hand and holding them in front of the heart qi.e. the middle of the chestr is namask;r; mudr;. This mudra is to be shown by the mantriṇ;, the knower of the mantra, at the time of doing the worship accompanied with relevant mantra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0 S78VO70M

;. Stand tall and bring one foot to inner thigh. <. 1ring palms together and raise them up above the head, keeping elbows straight. =. Pull the stomach in and up and gaze forward.

7ands above the head

Visualize Yourself as a Tree

60Z4

MU3R0

0njali Mudra Mudra Vidhanam

VRKŚ0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

वामへुमूलदめशめच या्यं पादं ┪नधाय तु ┪त्ठめत ्तुवृषव्भूमほ वृषासनぞमदं ちवदुः॥

v;morumūladeśe ca y;myaṃ p;daṃ nidh;ya tu tiṣṭhet tu vṛkṣavadbhūmau vṛkṣ;sanamidaṃ viduḥ॥=?

Vriksha「 Stand straight on one leg qthe leftr, bending the right leg, and placing the right foot on the root of the left thigh」 standing thus like a tree on the ground, is called the Tree-posture.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

0N90L8 MU3R0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam

だकचत ्आだकु चत अगुययへः वाभमखु ◌ंकरयへः अयへयसबं धめअजलः

kinchit aakunchita angulyagrayoh svaabhimukham karayoh anyonyasambandhe anjali

With both palms facing each other, kept in close connection and having contracted the finger-tips a little makes 0njali mudra.

U338Y0N0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कु ्भकाüतめरめचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बüधへ यめन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतめयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यへऽयंयへっगぞभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसめत ्तदतüर्तुवृ्धへऽちप तुणへ भवめत ्। नाभめू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत ्रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसめüमृ्युं जय्यめव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sad; ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

60RU30S0N0

Visualize Yourself as Lord 6aruda

MU3R0

Namaskar Mudra Mudra Laksanam

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0 S78VO70M

;. Stand tall and place one foot at opposite hip. <. 1ring palms together in front of heart center. =. Keep the standing leg ィstraight as a rodゥ.

60RU30S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr

गुडासनमाव्यめयめन ्यानं ि्थरं ि्व। सववदへषा्ちव┪नमुवèतへ भवतीह महाबली॥२३.९८॥ एकपादमुरほ ब््वा एकपादめन द डवत ्। जङघापादसिüधदめशめझान्यरं ्यवि्थतम ्॥२३.९९ ॥ एतदासनमाकृ ्य र्ठめसंहारमुरया। आरा्य यへगनाथं च सदा सवे्वर्य च॥२३.१००॥

garuḍ;sanam;vakṣye yena dhy;naṃ sthiraṃ bhvi। sarvadoṣ;dvinirmukto bhavatīha mah;balī॥ ekap;damurau baddhv; ekap;dena da ḍavat। jaṅagh;p;dasandhideśe jh;navyagraṃ vyavasthitam॥ etad;sanam;kṛtya praṣṭhe saṃh;ramudray;। ;r;dhya Yogan;thaṃ ca sad; sarveśrvarasya ca॥

Now q8 shall talkr garuđ;sana doing which the mind becomes stable in this world」 q0nd the practitionerr becomes free of all sorts of imperfections and becomes a mah;bali qa person with super powersr. Stand on one foot straight like a rod and place the other foot on the qoppositer thigh at the joint of the groin, doing so restless qpractitioner for knowledger becomes stable minded. 0fter doing this ;sana meditate on samh;ra mudra」 Then worship Yogan;tha and sarveśvara.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

N0M0SK0R0 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Raurava 0gama - Mudra Laskanam

रु्दめशめतु┪नपी्यめत ह्तयへुभयへ्तलम ् ॥ नम्कारा तुちवञめया मिüरणा मüरवüदनめ ।

hruddeśe tu nipīḍyeta hastayorubhayostalam ॥ namask;r; tu vijñey; mantriṇ; mantravandane ।

Pressing together the palms of right hand and left hand and holding them in front of the heart qi.e. the middle of the chestr is namask;r; mudr;. This mudra is to be shown by the mantriṇ;, the knower of the mantra, at the time of doing the worship accompanied with relevant mantra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

;. Stand and step one leg far back. Keep front toes pointing forwards and back toes facing sideways. <. Keep arms straight and bring front arm down towards ground beside foot, while other arm extends towards the sky.

<C.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Visualize Yourself as a Triangle

60Z4

MU3R0

TR8KON0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Nathamuniゥs Yoga Rahasya <. <:

उतानपादं रほ्चं च मरीっच ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं ┩रकへणं च सु्ता्ग्ठरसारणめ॥

utt;nap;daṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭar;jaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca supt;ṅgaṣṭhapras;raṇe ॥

5or cleaning the seven cakras, Vrksasana is considered very special. 0nd for strengthening the reproductive organs, different variations of Konasana must be practiced.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Stand and step one leg far back. Keep front toes pointing forwards and back toes facing sideways. <. Keep arms straight and bring front arm down towards ground beside foot, while other arm extends towards the

Visualize Yourself as a Triangle

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad

sky.

TR8KON0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Nathamuniゥs Yoga Rahasya

उतानपादं रほ्चं च मरीっच ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं ┩रकへणं च सु्ता्ग्ठरसारणめ॥

utt;nap;daṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭar;jaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca supt;ṅgaṣṭhapras;raṇe ॥

5or cleaning the seven cakras, Vrksasana is considered very special. 0nd for strengthening the reproductive organs, different variations of Konasana must be practiced.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Pressing the anus with the heel, qthe practitionerr should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and 0pana qvital airsr, as also the Nada q8ntellectr and the 1indu qmindr, becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. 7erein there is no doubt.

Part 4: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_English_part_4.md

॥ ┪नकु ्┨टतほ यदा ह्तほ ्वबाहुぞशरसへऽüतरめ पादほ ┪नकु ्┨टतほ चもव ञめयंततु┪नकु ्टकम ्॥C॥

॥ nikuṭṭitau yad; hastau svab;huśirasoゥntare p;dau nikuṭṭitau caiva jñeyaṃ tattu nikuṭṭakam ॥C॥

The hands in nikuttita between the head and another arm, and the legs also moved in similar manner, is known as nikkuttakam. q0bhinava bharati on nikuttaka Kohala says- the raising and lowering qdecliningr of a body part is considered its nikuttana. 1y this, The 0lapallava hand,s little fingerゥs falling and raising is nikuttana. 0lso the Udghattita of the anchita foot.

ェ7aving stood on the fore part if the foot, the heel is made to fall on the ground.ォ The 2hakara indicates Mandala Sthana. The Tense used for bahu-shirasi indicates alternative movement. The right hand with the right leg and vice versa. 1y this, having assumed the mandala sthana, 0fter 2haturashra, having taken the hands in udvestita f perform nikuttana over the shoulders. Perform udghatita in the same foot. The left hand as it was, Punar0viddhavaktra and then 2haturashra hand gesture. 0t the same time, by the aforesaid method, the second foot also to do nikuttana.r

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Lower onto tips of toes, placing perineum on back of heels. <. Keep knees and palms together.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

Namaskar Mudra Mudra Laksanam A

0N67UŚT0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali

कबüधासबぞम्याहुःगへरèशासनमめव च अंगु्ठमुि्टकं ञめयं र्मरासा┨दतंतथा

kabandh;sabamity;huḥgorakś;san ameva ca aṃguṣṭhamuṣṭikaṃ jñeyaṃ brahmapr;s;ditaṃ tath;

Sit on the toes and touch the two knees together on the ground. Place the buttocks on the heels and fold the hands on the chest.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

N0M0SK0R0 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Raurava 0gama - Mudra Laskanam Verse A

रु्दめशめतु┪नपी्यめत ह्तयへुभयへ्तलम ् ॥ ७ || नम्कारा तुちवञめया मिüरणा मüरवüदनめ ।

hruddeśe tu nipīḍyeta hastayorubhayostalam ॥A || namask;r; tu vijñey; mantriṇ; mantravandane ।

Pressing together the palms of right hand and left hand and holding them in front of the heart qi.e. the middle of the chestr is namask;r; mudr;. This mudra is to be shown by the mantriṇ;, the knower of the mantra, at the time of doing the worship accompanied with relevant mantra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. 5rom tips of toes, extend one leg straight out, heel down and toes up. <. Keep fingers down on ground by the sides, palms facing forward.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

Vara Mudra Mudra Vidhanam C.?

S0UR0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali

रसायैकं पादतलं सं्था्य ्वめकपादकम ्

pras;ryaikaṃ p;datalaṃ saṃsth;pya tvekap;dakam

Stretch out one leg and place the other foot on the ground.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

V0R0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आत माण Shiva Mudra, Mudra Vidhanam C. ?

अっधथतへ दहतः सतृ ◌へ वरमुका ।

adhasthito dakṣahastaḥ prasṛto varamudrik; ।

0K0S782 R4V4L0T8ON The downwards right hand, stretched out blessing with palm.

MUL0 10N370

Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. 5rom sitting on toes, extend one leg out straight with heel down and toes up. <. With respective hand, reach forward and hold onto big toe with index and middle finger. =. Keep opposite hand on back heel.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse @.<

V837UN0N0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali

गु्फि्थतほ पादमめकं रसायव त्पादारम ्स््पृशめत्करめण गु्फं चाüयमं धारयめत्करめण धूनं पीठं चा्यसめच्चへभयर

gulphasthitau p;damekaṃ pras;rya tatp;d;gram samspṛśettatkareṇa gulphaṃ c;nyamaṃ dh;rayettatkareṇa dhūnaṃ pīṭhaṃ c;bhyaseccobhayatra

1y sitting on one heel, stretch the other leg forward and touch its toes with the respective hand. The other heel is held with the other hand. This is dhuna-pitha, which should be practiced on both the sides.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥

॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयへगめराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. 5rom tips of toes, extend one leg straight out, heel down and toes up. <. Keep fingers down on ground by the sides, palms facing forward.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MU3R0

Vara Mudra Mudra Vidhanam C.?

S0UR0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali =. @=

रसायैकं पादतलं सं्था्य ्वめकपादकम ्

pras;ryaikaṃ p;datalaṃ saṃsth;pya tvekap;dakam

Stretch out one leg and place the other foot on the ground.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

V0R0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आत माण Shiva Mudra, Mudra Vidhanam C. ?

अっधथतहे दहतः सतृ ◌हे वरमुका ।

adhasthito dakṣahastaḥ prasṛto varamudrik; ।

1rahmari Kumbhaka The downwards right hand, stretched out blessing with palm.

MUL0 10N370

Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. 5rom sitting on toes, extend one leg out straight with heel down and toes up. <. With respective hand, reach forward and hold onto big toe with index and middle finger. =. Keep opposite hand on back heel.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MU3R0

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse @.<

V837UN0N0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali =. A;

गु्फि्थतほ पादममेकं रसायव त्पादारमस््पृशमेत्करमेण गु्फं चाüयमं धारयमेत्करमेण धूनं पीठं चा्यसमेच्चहेभयर

gulphasthitau p;damekaṃ pras;rya tatp;d;gram samspṛśettatkareṇa gulphaṃ c;nyamaṃ dh;rayettatkareṇa dhūnaṃ pīṭhaṃ c;bhyaseccobhayatra

1y sitting on one heel, stretch the other leg forward and touch its toes with the respective hand. The other heel is held with the other hand. This is dhuna-pitha, which should be practiced on both the sides.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B

॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ @. <

म्यमातजवयुंनु्ठयहेगमेराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमेन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

9alandhara 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:C-;;<

1R07M0 9UR0NKUŚ0 0S0N0 =@.

60Z4

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

;. Keep toes on ground and place perineum on top of heels. <. Keep gap between legs, and back of hands resting on sides. =. Tilt head down and gaze through the gap between the palms.

1R07M0 9UR0NKUŚ0 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama ;BB-;C;

दहेउ फणां पातण हहेय वमोसमे एड़ी दहे गुदा तनवमोसमो कहेर पगथ्या की मा┨हली आयस मा┨ह राषमोजोमली॥ १८८ दहेउ गहेडा आगमेआनमो सूधहे क┧र ऊं चा लमेठानमो हाथ दहेउ लमेउपर धरं उभमोहथमेली सुधी करमे॥१८९ गहेडा मद्ध ्िट कहेर करमे अमोसी भां┪त ्यान कहेर धरमो सम रीवा सम राषमेकाय सुर कहेर ग┨ह आकषेवाय ॥१९० इ┪त आसन जब लग रहमेजब लग रम अ┪त हहेय जुर हहेबमेतन मा┨हजहे या कर नासमेसहेय ॥१९१

dou phaṇ;ṃ p;ṇi hoya vaise eḍī do gud; nivaisai kora pagathaly; kī m;hilī ;yasa m;hi r;ṣai milī॥ ;BB dou goḍ; ;ge ;nai sūdho kari ūṃc; le ṭh;nai h;tha dou le upara dhareṃ ubhai hathelī sudhī kare ॥;BC goḍ; madhi drṣṭi ko kare aaisī bh;ṃti dhy;na ko dharai sama grīv; sama r;ṣe k;ya sura ko gahi ;karṣe v;ya ॥;C: iti ;sana jaba laga rahai jaba laga śrama ati hoya jura hobe tana m;hijo y; kara n;se soya ॥ ;C;

1alancing on toes, squat down and sit on the heels. Place palms face up on respective knees. Keep head, neck and spine in a straight line. 6aze between the knees as if meditating. This asana should be practiced till ones gets tiredness.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B

॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ तनममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवति । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भवति । त्ञानमेन संसारतवनवृちतः । तत्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

90L0N370R0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:C-;;<

पूरकाüतमेतुकतव्यहे बुधहे जालंधराजोभधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कं ठसंकहेचूपहेऽस ्औ वायुमागवतनरहेधकः । क्ठमाकु ््य ृदयमे्थापयमे् ृढजोम्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बुधहे जालंधरा्यहेऽयममृता्यायकारकः । अध्तात ्कु ्चनमेनाशुक्ठसंकहेचनमेकृ तमे॥ १११ ॥ म्यमेपि0चमताणमेन ्यात राणहे र्मनाぢडगः । कु ्ड्या रितिथरयちवभमेदनमेन तनववक्पकरात्तः वरासनि्थतहे यहेगी चालतय्वा तुकु ्डलीम ्॥ ११२ ॥

pūrak;nte tu kartavyo bandho j;laṃdhar;bhidhaḥ ॥ ;:C॥ kaṃṭhasaṃkocarūpo'sau v;yum;rganirodhakaḥ | kaṇṭham;kuñcya hṛdaye sth;payed dṛḍhamicchay; ॥ ;;:॥ bandho j;laṃdhar;khyo'yamamṛt;py;yak;rakaḥ | adhast;t kuñcanen;śu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte ॥ ;;; ॥ madhye paścimat;ṇena sy;t pr;ṇo brahman;ḍigaḥ | kuṇḍaly; granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakapr;ptiḥ vajr;sanasthito yogī c;layitv; tu kuṇḍalīm ॥ ;;< ॥

The bandha known as 9alandhara should be performed at the close of the Puraka qin-filling the vital airr. This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. 0fter constricting the throat, he should establish qthe vital airr firmly in the bosom. This is known as the 9alandhara bandha , which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by qperformingr Pascimatana in the middle, the Prana qvital airr will reach the 1rahma-nadi.

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. Place knees on ground with toes tucked behind, sitting perineum down on heels. <. Rest hands on top of the thighs. =. Pull stomach in and up and gaze to nose.

Visualize Yourself as Sage Kapila Muni

60Z4

MU3R0

K0P8L0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama =;:-=;<

उभमोपगथजोल सम ठहरावमे तन कहो मा┨हली कहेर जोमलावमे फणा पातण उकड हहेय वमोसमे एड़ी दहेउ जहेतन तनवमोसमे॥३१० गहेडा दहेउ भूजोम लगवमे सम सरीर नीका ठहरावमे ह्त दहेउ गहेडा पत र राषमो नास ┨रि्ट अचल क┧र दाषमो॥३११ या आसन कमो कीयमेतमोआछी हहेय अपान वीरज थंबमेदहेह समो कबहूं न पावमोजान ॥३१२

ubhai pagathali sama ṭhahar;ve tina kau m;hilī kora mil;ve phaṇ; p;ṇi ukaḍa hoya vaise eḍī dou joni nivaise ॥=;: goḍ; dou bhūmi lagave sama sarīra nīk; ṭhahar;ve hasta dou goḍ; pari r;ṣai n;sa driṣṭi acala kari d;ṣai॥=;; y; ;sana ke kīye te ;chī hoya ap;na

vīraja thaṃbe deha sai kabahūṃ na p;vai j;na ॥=;<

9oin the soles together, balancing on toes, sit on two heels pressing perineum. Let the knees touch the ground, balancing the body, place both palms on respective knees. 6aze at the tip of nose.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ तनममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवति । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भवति । त्ञानमेन संसारतवनवृちतः । तत्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

U338Y0N0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कु ्भकाüतमेरमेचका्औ कतव्य्तू्ぢडयाणकः । बुधहे यमेन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतमेयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यहेऽयंयहेっगजोभः समुदाृतः । उ्ぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसमेत ्तदतüर्तुवृधहेऽちप तुणहे भवमेत ्। नाभमेरू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत ्रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसमेüमृ्युं जय्यमेव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ ;:@ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sadā ॥ ;:A ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ;:B ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

;. Place knees on ground with toes tucked behind, sitting perineum down on heels. <. Rest hands on top of the thighs. =. 6aze to the third eye.

1703R06OR0K0 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama ;<C-;=;

दहेऊ पगथली संपुट करमोकहेर वा┧रली भूपत र धरमो

| कहेर वा┧रली राखमोऐसमोतापत र मूल्वा┧र टटदक बसमो॥ १३१ ॥ गहेडा पीडी भूवपत र दाखमोहाथ दहेऊ गहेडा पत र राखमो | ┨रि्ट ┩रकु टी म्य जुठानमोताकहो गहेरखभर बखानमो॥१३२ ॥ या आसन कमो कीयमेतमोसकल रहेग छय हहेय | फु न जहेगी कहेर जयत कहमोखमेद न उपजमोकहेय ॥ १३३

doū pagathalī saṃpuṭa karai kora v;rilī bhūpari dharai | kora v;rilī r;khe aisai t;pari mūladv;ri ṭiki baise ॥ ;=; ॥ goḍ; pīḍī bhūvapari d;khai h;tha doū goḍ; pari r;khai | driṣṭi trikuṭī madhya ju ṭh;nai t;kau gorakhabhadra bakh;nai ॥;=< ॥ y; ;sana ke kīyete sakala roga chaya hoya | phuna jogī ko jayata kahai kheda na upajai koya ॥ ;== ॥

Sit on the ground, fold both the legs and join the soles. Now arrange to keep soles in such a way that arms placed upon the fingers of the legs. 1oth the knees should touch the ground and hand being placed upon them respectively. 6aze should be between the eyebrows. 0ll diseases are warded off and Yogi is never subjected for any type of dejection.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

liHeration.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fi┮ing the gaze in┩ards into the inner spaIe and ┩ith the eyes opening out, Hut devoid oq the aIts oq opening and Ilosing oq the eyelids, this ŚamHhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya ぐthe great ultimate sourIe kno┩ledgeけ is, oq all the Tantras, ┩hat is kept a proqound seIret. With the e┮periential kno┩ledge oq this, is attained qreedom and Iompletion qrom the state oq ┩orldly e┮istenIe.By its ┩orship, is Hesto┩ed the qruit oq

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पाष्ण्यावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकु ञ्चयेद् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धोन चैकताम ्। गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Pressing the anus ┩ith the heel, ぐthe praItitionerけ should qorIiHly dra┩ up the vital air in suIh a ┩ay that the air ┩ould move up┩ards stage Hy stage. The Prana and 0pana ぐvital airsけ, as also the Nada ぐIntelleItけ and the Bindu ぐmindけ, HeIoming one Hy means oq the Mula-Handha, Hesto┩ the suIIessqul aIIomplishment oq Yoga. Herein there is no douHt.

Brahmaari Kumbhaka Yathatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. Sit with toes tucked and perineum place on top of raised heels, knees off the ground. <. Bring the thumbs and little fingers together, opening up the palms qresembling a lotus flowerr. =. Raise arms straight up above the head and gaze through hole between the palms.

Visualize Lord Surya in your inner space

MU3R0

Padma Mudra Gheranda Samhita, Nabhomudra =.C

SURY0 0S0N0 Apta Pram;ṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Yogapradipyaka of Jayatarama B;-B=

एडी दउ गुदा तरि नाइ फणा पाणि बैठक पुनि ठानै गडा जंघ अधर करि रहै आडेबाम इसी विधि गहै॥८१ दउ भुजा नभ दिसा पसारै कमल स्वरूप अंगुरि धारै पौहचा मद्धि छिद्र पुनि ठानै छिद्र विषै पुनि दृष्टि जु आनै॥८२ अग्नि वृद्दि अतिसै करै रोगनासा सब होय उदर उलटि संको चिये सूर्यासन सोय ॥८३

eḍī dou gud; tari ;nai phaṇ; p;ṇi baiṭhaka puni ṭh;nai goḍ; jaṃgha adhara kari rahai ;ḍe b;ma isī vidhi gahai ॥ dou bhuj; nabha dis; pas;rai kamala svarūpa aṃguri dh;rai pauhac; madhi chidra puni ṭh;nai chidra viṣai puni dṛṣṭi ju ;nai॥ agni vṛdhi atisai karai rogan;sa saba hoya udara ulaṭi saṃko ciye sūry;sana soya ॥

Up on toes and place both the heels below the anus. 0rms, knees and thighs should remain lifted up, take both the hands towards sky and form a lotus with the help of fingers. 0t the root of the palm a hole be formed where the sadhaka should bring his gaze. 0lso contract the abdomen which means practise Uddiyana.

Brahmaari Kumbhaka Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Yathatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भ्रामरीज़्भक वेगाकृष्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रेचकं मन्दमन्दम ्॥ योगीन्द्राणामेवमभ्यासयोगाच्चित ते जाता काचिदानन्दमूर्च्छा ॥;B

atha bhrāmari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka vegākṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃganādaṃ bhṛṃgīnādaṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndrāṇāmevamabhyāsayogāccit te jātā kācidānandamūrcrchā ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Padma Mudra Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा प्रमाण Lakshmi Tantram =@

अगुठौ पावत ◌ः लनावगुय वरलाः स्थिताः। एषा पक ह मुा पुष्टिस्सौभाग्यवधन ी।। =@।।

Angushthau paarshvato lagnau angulyo viralaa sthitaa | Eeshaa pankeruhee mudraa pushtis saubhagyavardhinee ||

Place the two thumb fingers next to each other touching sideways and the other fingers placed wide apart like a lotus flower」 this Padma mudra increases the nourishment and fortune of the person doing it.

Uddiyana Bandha Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तू्डीयाणकः । बन्धो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तू्डीयते यतः ॥ ;:@ ॥ तस्मादु्डीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उ्डीयाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ ;:A ॥ अभ्यसेत तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत ्। नाभेरूध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ ;:B ॥ षाण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse ;:>

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. Sit with toes flat and perineum on heels. <. Keep hands on top of knees and lift tongue up against roof of the mouth. =. ィ2atchゥ the nectar of immortality dripping from the sahasrara chakra with your frog-tongue.

Visualize Yourself as a 5rog

MUDRA

Manduku Mudra Gheranda Samhita =. @<-@=

MANDUKASANA Apta Pram;ṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita <. ==

पादतलौ पृष्टदेशे अङ्गुष्ठे द्वे च संस्पृशेत ् जानुयुग्मं पुरस्कृत्य साधयेन्मण्डुकासनम ् ॥३३॥

pādatalau pṛṣṭhadeśe aṅguṣṭhe dve ca saṃspṛśet jānuyugmaṃ puraskṛtya sādhayenmaṇḍukāsanam ॥

Taking the feet at the back, the toes touching each other, bring the knees forward. This is known as the Mandukasana.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

न्य ्;म ्-;रं स ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇ्डलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्श्वय ्;ḥ क्ṣइपेत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; श्वस-ध ्;रṇअं न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअं सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रेतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhyām-;raṃ samākṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

MANDUKA MUDRA Apta Pram;ṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita =.@< - @=

अथ माण्डुकीमुराकथनम्। मुखं संमुद्रितं कृ त्वा जिह्वामूलं रचालयेत ्

। शनैर्गसेदमृतं तां माण्डूकीं मुद्रिकां विदुः ॥ ६२॥ वलितं पलितं ववै जायते नित्ययौवनम्। न केशे जायते पाको यः कु र्याविन्न्यमाण्डुकीम ्॥६३॥

atha m;ṇḍukīmudr;kathanam । mukhaṃ saṃmudritaṃ kṛtvā jihvāmūlaṃ pracālayet । śanairgrasedamṛtaṃ tāṃ m;ṇḍūkīṃ mudrikāṃ viduḥ ॥ valitaṃ palitaṃ vaiva jāyate nityayauvanam । na keśe jāyate pāko yaḥ kuryānnityamāṇḍukīm ॥

2losing the mouth, move the tip of the tongue towards the palate and slowly taste the nectar of immortality qthat is flowing from the ;::: petalled lotus from the crown centerr. This is the m;ṇḍūkī qfrogr mudra.

The fruit of the m;ṇḍukīmudr;. The body is never in disease or becomes old, and it lives in the state of perpetual eternal youth qnithya yauvanar」 the one who practices it, his hair never ages into grey.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पाष्ण्यावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकु ञ्चयेद् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धोन चैकताम ्। गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ vāraṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse ;:>

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

UTTANA MANDUKASANA >;.

Visualize Yourself as a 5rog

MUDRA

Manduku Mudra Gheranda Samhita =. @<-@=

;. Sit with toes flat and perineum on heels. <. Keep hands on back, holding head with the elbows, and lift tongue up against roof of the mouth. =. Pull stomach in and up and ィ2atchゥ the nectar of immortality dripping from the sahasrara chakra with your frog-tongue.

UTTANA MANDUKASANA Apta Pram;ṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita <. =>

म्डुकासनम्य्थं कू पवरा्यां धृतं शरः एत् भकवदुतानमतदुतानम्डुकम ्॥ ३४

maṇḍuk;sanamadhyasthaṃ kūrpar;bhy;ṃ dhṛtaṃ śiraḥ etad bhekavadutt;nametadutt;namaṇḍ ukam ॥

Uttana Manduka「 0ssume the 5rog-posture qas in verse =>r. Taking the feet at the back, the toes touching each other, bring the knees forward. This is known as the Mandukasana. hold the head by the elbows, and stand up like a frog. This is called the Uttana Mandukasana

Sahaja Kumbhaka Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

न्य ्;म ्-;रं स ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇ्डलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्श्वय ्;ḥ क्ṣइपेत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; श्वस-ध ्;रṇअं न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअं सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रेतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhyām-;raṃ samākṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

MANDUKA MUDRA Apta Pram;ṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita =.@< - @=

अथ माण्डुकीमुराकथनम्। मुखं संमुद्रितं कृ त्वा जिह्वामूलं रचालयेत ्

। शनैर्गसेदमृतं तां माण्डूकीं मुद्रिकां विदुः ॥ ६२॥ वलितं पलितं ववै जायते नित्ययौवनम्। न केशे जायते पाको यः कु र्याविन्न्यमाण्डुकीम ्॥६३॥

atha m;ṇḍukīmudr;kathanam । mukhaṃ saṃmudritaṃ kṛtvā jihvāmūlaṃ pracālayet । śanairgrasedamṛtaṃ tāṃ m;ṇḍūkīṃ mudrikāṃ viduḥ ॥ valitaṃ palitaṃ vaiva jāyate nityayauvanam । na keśe jāyate pāko yaḥ kuryānnityamāṇḍukīm ॥

2losing the mouth, move the tip of the tongue towards the palate and slowly taste the nectar of immortality qthat is flowing from the ;::: petalled lotus from the crown centerr. This is the m;ṇḍūkī qfrogr mudra.

The fruit of the m;ṇḍukīmudr;. The body is never in disease or becomes old, and it lives in the state of perpetual eternal youth qnithya yauvanar」 the one who practices it, his hair never ages into grey.

Uddiyana Bandha Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तू्डीयाणकः । बन्धो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तू्डीयते यतः ॥ ;:@ ॥ तस्मादु्डीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उ्डीयाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ ;:A ॥ अभ्यसेत तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत ्। नाभेरूध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ ;:B ॥ षाण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse ;:>

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. 2ross ankles and sit on feet. <. Keep knees wide, fingers spread on top. =. Open mouth wide, stick out tongue and exhale forcefully. >. 6aze at tip of nose and repeat several times.

Visualize Yourself as a Lion

MUDRA

SIMHASANA Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad =. ?-@

दक्षणं स्यगुल्फ न दक्षणेन तथेतराम ्। ह्त औ च जान्वोः संस्था्य स्वाङ्गुली०च रसायवच ॥ ५ ॥ ्यातवरो निरीक्षेत नासाग्रं सुसमाहितः । ぞस ंहासनं भवेदमेतत ्पूजितंयो गिभिः सदा ॥ ६ ॥

dakṣiṇaṃ savyagulphena dakṣiṇena tathetaram | hastau ca jānvoḥ saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīśca prasārya ca ॥ vyāttavaktro nirīkṣeta nāsāgraṃ susamāhitaḥ | siṃhāsanaṃ bhavedetat pūjitaṃ Yogibhiḥ sadā ॥

Pressing the right side qof the frenum of the prepucer with the left heel and the other side with the right qheelr similarly, firmly placing the two hands on the two knees, with their fingers outstretched, with his mouth wide open and his body well controlled, he should fix his eyes, on the tip of the nose. This will be the Simhasana, always adored by Yogin-s.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

न्य ्;म ्-;रं स ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇ्डलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्श्वय ्;ḥ क्ṣइपेत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; श्वस-ध ्;रṇअं न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअं सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रेतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhyām-;raṃ samākṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

9alandhara 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:C-;;<

;. Sit on heels under perineum and keep knees wide. <. 2ross hands behind back and hold big toes. =. 0pply 9alandhara bandha and gaze to nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse @.<

:pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita <. C-;:

गु्फほ च वृ्सण्याधへ ्यु्रमめण समा┨हतः | पादा्गु्थほ करा्या्च धृ्वा च पृ्थदめशत || ९ || जालüधरं समासा्य नासारमवलへकयめत ् | भरासनं भवめदめतत ्सवव्याっधちवनाशकम ् || १० ||

gulphau ca vṛṣsaṇasy;dho vyutkrameṇa sam;hitaḥ | p;d;ṅguṣthau kar;bhy;ñca dhṛtv; ca pṛṣthadeśataḥ || C || j;landharaṁ sam;s;dya n;s;gramavalokayet | bhadr;sanaṁ bhavedetat sarvavy;dhivin;śakam || ;: ||

Placing both heels qheadsr upside down under the testicles, cross the hands behind the back and hold the toes of the feet as in Padmasana. Taking the position of 9alandhara bandha, fix the gaze on the tip of the nose.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ @. <

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयへगめराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

पूरकाüतめतुकतव्यへ बüधへ जालंधराぞभधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कं ठसंकへचूपへऽस ्औ वायुमागव┪नरへधकः । क्ठमाकु ््य ृदयめ्थापयめ् ृढぞम्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बüधへ जालंधरा्यへऽयममृता्यायकारकः । अध्तात ्कु ्चनめनाशुक्ठसंकへचनめकृ तめ॥ १११ ॥ म्यめपि0चमताणめन ्यात ्राणへ र्मनाぢडगः । कु ्ड्या रिüथरयちवभめदनめन ┪नちववक्पकराि्तः वरासनि्थतへ यへगी चाल┪य्वा तुकु ्डलीम ्॥ ११२ ॥

pūrak;nte tu kartavyo bandho j;laṃdhar;bhidhaḥ ॥ ;:C॥ kaṃṭhasaṃkocarūpo'sau v;yum;rganirodhakaḥ | kaṇṭham;kuñcya hṛdaye sth;payed dṛḍhamicchay; ॥ ;;:॥ bandho j;laṃdhar;khyo'yamamṛt;py;yak;rakaḥ | adhast;t kuñcanen;śu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte ॥ ;;; ॥ madhye paścimat;ṇena sy;t pr;ṇo brahman;ḍigaḥ | kuṇḍaly; granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakapr;ptiḥ vajr;sanasthito yogī c;layitv; tu kuṇḍalīm ॥ ;;< ॥

The bandha known as 9alandhara should be performed at the close of the Puraka qin-filling the vital airr. This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. 0fter constricting the throat, he should establish qthe vital airr firmly in the bosom. This is known as the 9alandhara bandha , which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by qperformingr Pascimatana in the middle, the Prana qvital airr will reach the 1rahma-nadi.

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

K0K017US0N38 0S0N0 >>.

Visualize Yourself as a 2row

60Z4

MU3R0

Paruśu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam ;:. ;A

;. Squat and keep feet flat on the ground and knees opened wide. <. 1ring arms in and around the back, and interlace fingers behind. =. 6aze to the nose.

K0K017US0N38 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama =<B-=<C

रथमめवもसक उकड ठानも दへउ हाथ पगां ्यっच आनも ┪तन कへ मへぢड न्यां प┧र ्यवも ちपि्ट पछもकांकसी करवも॥ ३२८ या आसन कめ कीयめतめदीरघुजुर सब जाय जमोतराम यहो कीिजयमोनासा┨रि्ट लगाय ॥ ३२९

prathame vaisaka ukaḍa ṭh;nai dou h;tha pag;ṃ vyaci ;nai tina ko moḍi naly;ṃ pari lyavai piṣṭi pachai k;ṃkasī karavai ॥ =<B y; ;sana ke kīye te dīraghu jura saba j;ya jaitar;ma yo kījiyai n;s;driṣṭi lag;ya ॥=<C

While sitting in squatting position bring both hands between the legs by turning them over the shins qandr form the finger lock at the back. The gaze be fixed at the tip of the nose.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वめगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रめचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यへगीüराणामめवम्यासयへगाि्चतめजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

P0RUŚU MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam ;:.;A

तलめतलめतुकरयहे-ि्तयवक्संयहे्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 रसृताः कु यावत ्मुरा परशुसंてञता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya c;ṃgulīḥ । saṃhat;「 prasṛt;ḥ kury;t mudr; paraśu saṃjñit; ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

K0N8 P0V0 0S0N0 >?.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

60Z4

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

;. Place palms on the floor, shoulder width apart. <. 1ring knees on back of arms towards armpits. =. Lean chin forward and down and gaze ahead.

K0N8 P0V0 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Yoga 0sanamala Sacitra C>

आसण कほ गुण आちष दुषता हहेई तहो आछी हौई

;saṇa kau guṇa ;ṣi duṣat; hoī to ;chī hauī

Place the hands on the ground with comfortable distance between them. 1end the hands at elbows. Raise the legs off the ground and place the knees on the respective elbows and balance the body on palms.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B ॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1rahmari Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi ;:. ;B

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MU3R0

:pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama ;;=-;;?

सीस सीषा धरती टमेकी पग दहेऊ ぞमぞलवा ऊचा कुकरमे पगथली आकास ┨दぞश सनमुष राशमेदहेऊ हाथा की हथमेल दहेऊ पाष्या धरती टमेहौ ┨रि0ट नासाअर आसण कहुगुण रहमेकपाली आसन जाम सतबाल हहेई अवमे्याम ओरसो काल्यान की जाणमोसाच मान बहु वेद बषानमोसरत┧र क┧र पग ऊचा धरमोपहलो ⪫छन अभ्यासह करमो ┨दन तमोसंぞध साधमो आगमोतीनमासमोजुगली भागमो

sīsa sīṣ; dharatī ṭekī paga doū miliv; ūc; ku karai pagathalī ;k;sa diśi sanamuṣa r;śai doū h;th; kī hathelī doū p;ṣaty; dharatī ṭekau driśṭi n;s;agra ;saṇa kauguṇa rahai kap;lī ;sana j;ma setab;la hoī ave sy;ma oraso k;lagy;na kī j;ṇai s;ca m;na bahu beda baṣ;nai siratari kari paga ūc; dharai pahalau china abhy;saha karai dina tai saṃdhi s;dhauṃ ;gai tīnam;samai jugalī bh;gai

Place the head and both of the hands on the ground and stretch both the legs upside, gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

17R0M0R8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण 7athatattvakaumudi ;:. ;B

अथ भामरीज़्भक वमेगाकृ ्ट पूरकं भृंगनादं भृंगीनादं रमेचकं मüदमüदम ्॥ यहेगीüराणाममेवम्यासयहेगाि्चतमेजाता काっचदानüदमूキछाव॥१८॥

atha bhr;mari kumbhakaḥ bhramari kumbhaka veg;kṛṣṭa pūrakaṃ bhṛṃgan;daṃ bhṛṃgīn;daṃ recakaṃ mandamandam ॥ yogīndr;ṇ;mevamabhy;sayog;ccit te j;t; k;cid;nandamūrcrch; ॥;B

॥

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

Visualize Yourself as a Peacock

60Z4

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

90P0 S030S78VO70M

;. Squat on toes with legs together. <. Twist the body and place both hands to one side, align elbows with knee and hip. =. Lean onto the arms and balance, extend legs to side and gaze to third eye.

P0RŚV0 M0YUR0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali =. ;:, >>

मयूरम ्दüदव्कु यावüमायूरं ड्डनामकम ् कु यावüमायूरं पा0वाव्यां मायूरपा0ववनामकम ् ॥४४॥

dandavatkury;nm;yūraṃ daṇḍan;makam kury;nm;yūraṃ p;rśv;bhyāṃ m;yūrap;rśvan;makam ॥>>॥

When mayura is practiced like a horizontal stick, it is called danda mayura. This same when practiced on both the sides, is parsva mayura.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमत ्वायुं मृदु⪫न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ⪫नमेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ः>-ः?

P0RŚV0 M0YUR0S0N0 :pta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali =. ः, >>

मयूरम ्दüदव्कु यावüमायूरं द्डनामकम ् कु यावüमायूरं पा0वाव्यां मायूरपा0ववनामकम ् ॥४४॥

daṇḍavatkuryānmāyūraṃ daṇḍanāmakam kuryānmāyūraṃ pārśvābhyāṃ māyūrapārśvanāmakam ॥>>॥

When mayura is practiced like a horizontal stick, it is called danda mayura. This same when practiced on both the sides, is parsva mayura.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्वि्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastvesa vikhyaatah praṇa saṃśaya kārakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाच्वि्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ः> - ः?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ः>-ः?

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्वि्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastvesa vikhyaatah praṇa saṃśaya kārakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाच्वि्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ः> - ः?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ः>-ः?

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्वि्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastvesa vikhyaatah praṇa saṃśaya kārakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाच्वि्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ः> - ः?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्वि्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastvesa vikhyaatah praṇa saṃśaya kārakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाच्वि्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ः> - ः?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततहे्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्वि्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastvesa vikhyaatah praṇa saṃśaya kārakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगहे्या महाच्वि्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ः> - ः?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ः> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ः? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

9alandhara 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:C-;;<

90P0 M070- S030S78VO70M

;. Sit with legs stretched, toes pointing up. <. 1ring hands under buttocks, palms facing up. =. Keep spine straight, elbows to body. >. Tuck chin to chest and gaze to the nose.

Visualize Yourself as Lord 7anuman

60Z4

MU3R0

दへउ करकी उभもहथめली कへर वा┧रली मもलめभめली । सへ आगांनもभूप┧र दाषもमाहांनもअंगुली ぞमぞल राषも॥२८३ ॥

अंगु्ट छीदा राषもदへई पुनह हथめली ちपि्ट जुजहे । ता प┧र मूल ्वा┧र ┨टक वもसめबहुर्यहे जुग┪त करमो एक वमो ॥ २८४॥

कु हुयां म┨हली आषि ぞमलावमो हाथ उरसहो ल्या रहावमो। बहुरहे लांवा पाव पसारमोफणा उ्ववएडी भूधारमो॥२८५॥ अंगु्ट अवर गुलफ मा┨हला राषमो जुड्या करमो नही षुला । साधमोनासा ┨रि्ट लागाई ता कहै हरस रोग सबजाई ॥ २८६॥

dou karakī ubhai hathelī kora v;rilī maile bhelī ।

so ;g;ṃnai bhūpari d;ṣai m;h;ṃnai aṃgulī mili r;ṣai ॥<B=॥

aṃguṣṭa chīd; r;ṣai doī punaha hathelī piṣṭi ju joī ।

t; pari mūla dv;ri ṭika vaise bahurayyo jugati karai eka vaise ॥ kuhuṇy;ṃ mahilī ;ṣi mil;vai h;tha udrasau

lagy; rah;vai ।

bahuro l;ṃv; p;va pas;re phaṇ; urdhva eḍī bhū dh;re॥

aṃguṣṭa avara gulapha m;hil; r;ṣai juḍy; karai nahī ṣul; ।

s;dhai n;s; driṣṭi l;g;ī t; ko harasa roga sabaj;ī ॥

Place both the hands of respective sides on the ground with palm upturned. 5ingers will remain straight and together. The back part of the palm should be near anus. 7ands should touch the sides of the abdomen. 4xtend legs in front with toes pointing upward and heels on the ground. 7eels and toes should remain together. 6aze should be nasal. This wards off harasa diseases.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरめचयめत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रめचक््वमेष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

90L0N370R0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:C-;;<

पूरकाüतमेतुकतव्यहे बüधहे जालंधराजोभधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कं ठसंकहेचूपहेऽस ्औ वायुमागव┪नरहेधकः । क्ठमाकु ््य ृदयमे्थापयमे् ृढजोम्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बüधहे जालंधरा्यहेऽयममृता्यायकारकः । अध्तात ्कु ्चनमेनाशुक्ठसंकहेचनमेकृ तमे॥ १११ ॥ म्यमेपि0चमताणमेन ्यात ्राणहे र्मनाぢडगः । कु ्ड्या रिüथरयちवभमेदनमेन ┪नちववक्पकराि्तः वरासनि्थतहे यहेगी चाल┪य्वा तुकु ्डलीम ्॥ ११२ ॥

pūrak;nte tu kartavyo bandho j;laṃdhar;bhidhaḥ ॥ kaṃṭhasaṃkocarūpo'sau v;yum;rganirodhakaḥ | kaṇṭham;kuñcya hṛdaye sth;payed dṛḍhamicchay; ॥ bandho j;laṃdhar;khyo'yamamṛt;py;yak;rakaḥ | adhast;t kuñcanen;śu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte ॥ madhye paścimat;ṇena sy;t pr;ṇo brahman;ḍigaḥ | kuṇḍaly; granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakapr;ptiḥ vajr;sanasthito yogī c;layitv; tu kuṇḍalīm ॥

should be performed at the close of the Puraka qin-filling the vital airr. This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. 0fter constricting the throat, he should establish qthe vital airr firmly in the bosom. This is known as the 9alandhara bandha , which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by qperformingr Pascimatana in the middle, the Prana qvital airr will reach the 1rahma-nadi.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

90P0 M070- S030S78VO70M

;. Sit with legs stretched out. <. 1end from the waist and hold the big toes with index and middle fingers. =. 1ring chest to thighs, head to knees, and engage all three bandhas.

P0Ś28M0T0N0S0N0

??.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

60Z4

MU3R0

Part 5: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga

P0S28M0T0N0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Trisikhi 1rahmanopanishad ?:

जानूप┧र ललाटं तुपि0चमंताणमु्यतमे। यमेन कमे न रकारमेण सुखं धायंच जायतमे॥ ५१ ॥

j;nūpari lal;ṭaṃ tu paścimaṃ t;ṇamucyate | yena kena prak;reṇa sukhaṃ dh;ryaṃ ca j;yate ॥ ?: ॥

Stretch legs on ground and then properly catch hold of toes with hands and lower the forehead on knees.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ @. <

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयहेगमेराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

M070MU3R0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण 3hyanabindupanisad C; - C=

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजोशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रह्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇā hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

90P0 M070- S030S78VO70M

;. Sit with legs straight and apart. <. 2lasp hands behind the head and lean chest forward and down, bringing the head to knees. =. 4ngage all three bandhas.

Visualize Kali in Your 8nner Space

MU3R0

Paruśu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam ;:. ;A

्वपातण्यां ृढं धृ्वा जानूप┧र जोशरहे üयसमेत ्॥ आसनहेरजोमदं रहेतं भवमेदजनलदीपनम ्। दमेहावसानहरणं पि0चमहेतानसंञकम ्॥ य एतदासनं रमे्ठं र्यहं सा्यमे्सुधीः । वायुः पि0चममागेनण त्य स्चर┪त रुवम ्॥ ९२ ॥ एतद्यासशीलानां सववजोस्っधः रजायतमे। त्मा्यहेगी रय्नमेन साधयमेि्स्धमा्मनः ॥ ९३ ॥ गहेपनीयं रय्नमेन न य्य क्यっचत ्। यमेन शीिं मुि्स्っधभववमे् दुःखहेघनाजोश┪न ॥ ९४ ॥

svap;ṇibhy;ṃ dṛḍhaṃ dhṛtv; j;nūpari śiro nyaset ॥ ;sanogramidaṃ proktaṃ bhavedaniladīpanam । deh;vas;naharaṇaṃ paścimott;nasaṃjñakam ॥ ya etad;sanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ pratyahaṃ s;dhyetsudhīḥ । v;yuḥ paścimam;rgenaṇa tasya sañcarati dhruvam ॥ etadabhy;saśīl;n;ṃ sarvasiddhiḥ praj;yate । tasm;dyogī prayatnena s;dhayetsiddham;tmanaḥ ॥ gopanīyaṃ prayatnena na yasya kasyacit । yena śīghraṃ marutsiddhirbhaved duḥkhaughan;śini ॥

Stretch out both the legs and keep them apart」 firmly take hold of the head by the hands, and place them on the knees. This is called ugrasana qthe stern-posturer, it excites the motion of the air, destroys the dullness and uneasiness of the body, and is also called paschima-uttana qthe posterior crossed posture.r That wise man who daily practices this noble posture can certainly induce the flow of the air up through the anus. Those who practice this obtain all the siddhis」 therefore, those, desirous of attaining power, should practice this diligently. This should be kept secret with the greatest care, and not be given to anybody and everybody. Through it, vayu-siddhi is easily obtained, and it destroys a multitude of miseries.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

P0RUŚU MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam ;:.;A

तलमेतलमेतुकरयहे-ि्तयवक्संयहे्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 रसृताः कु यावत ्मुरा परशुसंतेञता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya c;ṃgulīḥ । saṃhat;「 prasṛt;ḥ kury;t mudr; paraśu saṃjñit; ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

M070MU3R0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण 3hyanabindupanisad C; - C=

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराजोभधीयतमे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनमे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन ्रちवततं पादं तथा दतेषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनमेन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन ्ऐ रमेचयमेदमेषा पातकनाजोशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रह्यतमे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇā hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ; p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Visualize Yourself as Sage Marici

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

90P0 M070- S030S78VO70M

;. Sit with legs extended. <. 1ring one heal to groin, knee raised. =. Reach arm in and around raised knee and clasp hands behind the back. >. 1ring the chest to thigh, head to knee.

MU3R0

M0R828 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Nathamuni's Yoga Rahasya ;. ?;, <. ;A

उतानपादं रほ्चं च मरीっच ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं ┩रकहेणं च सु्ता्ग्ठरसारणमे॥

utt;nap;daṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭar;jaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca supt;ṅgaṣṭhapras;raṇe ॥

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरमेचयमेत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमेन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

महामुरां रव्याजोम तन्त्रेऽस्मिन्मम वल्लभे। यां प्रा्य सिद्धाः सिद्धिं च कपिलाद्याः पुरागताः ॥ १६ ॥ अपसव्येन संपी्य पादमूलेन सादरम ्। गुरुपदेशतो ये┪न ंगुदममेरान्तरालगाम ्॥ स्यं रसारितं पादं धृ्वा पाणियुगेन वも। नव्वारा┪ण संय्य चुबुकं ृदयहेर ॥ चितं चितपथे दवा पाभवेद्वायुसाधनम ्। महामुराभवेदमेषा सववतüरमेषुगोपता ॥ वामा्गेन सम्य्य दषा्गमेना्यसे्पुनः राणायामं समं कृ ्वा येगी ┪नयतममानसः ॥ १७ ॥

mahāmudrāṃ pravakṣyāmi tantre'sminmama vallbhe । yāṃ prāpya siddhāḥ siddhiṃ ca kapilādyāḥ purāgatāḥ ॥ ;@ ॥ apasavyena saṃpīḍya pādamūlena sādaram । gurupadeśato yoniṃ gudameḍhrāntarālagām ॥ savyaṃ prasāritaṃ pādaṃ dhṛtvā pāṇiyugena vai । navadvārāṇi saṃyamya cibukaṃ hṛdayopari ॥ cittaṃ cittapathe dattvā pābhavedvāyusādhanam । mahāmudrābhavedeṣā sarvatantreṣu gopitā ॥ vāmāṅgena samabhyasya dakṣāṅgenābhyasetpunaḥ prāṇāyāmaṃ samaṃ kṛtvā yogī niyatamānasaḥ ॥ ;A ॥

My dearest, 8 shall now describe to you the Mahamudra, from whose knowledge the ancient sages Kapila and others obtained success in Yoga. 8n accordance with the instructions of the 6uru, press gently the perineum with the heel of the left foot. Stretching the right foot out, hold it fast by the two hands. 7aving closed the nine gates qof the bodyr, place the chin on the chest. Then concentrate the vibrations of the mind and inspire air and retain it by kumbhaka qso long as one can comfortably keep itr. This is the Mahamudra, held secret in all the Tantras. The steady-minded Yogi, having practiced it on the left side should then practice it on the right side」 and in all cases must be firm in pranayama – the regulation of his breath.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada ;C

ततववरमेचयमत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRĀ Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽउतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगप्या महाच्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣā

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥ C= ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Visualize Yourself as Sage Marici

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

Sit with legs extended. <. 1ring one heal to groin, knee raised. =. Reach arm in and around raised knee and clasp hands behind the back. >. 1ring the chest to thigh, head to knee.

उतानपादं रञ्चं च मरीच्च ंवीरभरकम ्। नटराजं रिकहेणं च सु्ता्गठरसारणमे॥

uttānapādaṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam । naṭarājaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca suptāṅgaṣṭhaprasāraṇe ॥

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada ;C

ततववरमेचयमत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRĀ Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽउतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगप्या महाच्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

Sit with legs stretched, toes up. <. 1ring one heel to perineum and let knee fall to the side on ground. =. Reach and hold the foot keeping the leg straight. >. 1ring the chest forward and down, engage all three bandhas, and gaze to nose.

Mahamudra Bandha Shiva Samhita >. ;@-;A

महामुरां रव्याजोम तन्त्रेऽस्मिन्मम वल्लभे। यां प्रा्य सिद्धाः सिद्धिं च कपिलाद्याः पुरागताः ॥ १६ ॥ अपसव्येन संपी्य पादमूलेन सादरम ्। गुरुपदेशतो ये┪न ंगुदममेरान्तरालगाम ्॥ स्यं रसारितं पादं धृ्वा पाणियुगेन वも। नव्वारा┪ण संय्य चुबुकं ृदयहेर ॥ चितं चितपथे दवा पाभवेद्वायुसाधनम ्। महामुराभवेदमेषा सववतüरमेषुगोपता ॥ वामा्गेन सम्य्य दषा्गमेना्यसे्पुनः राणायामं समं कृ ्वा येगी ┪नयतममानसः ॥ १७ ॥

mahāmudrāṃ pravakṣyāmi tantre'sminmama vallbhe । yāṃ prāpya siddhāḥ siddhiṃ ca kapilādyāḥ purāgatāḥ ॥ ;@ ॥ apasavyena saṃpīḍya pādamūlena sādaram । gurupadeśato yoniṃ gudameḍhrāntarālagām ॥ savyaṃ prasāritaṃ pādaṃ dhṛtvā pāṇiyugena vai । navadvārāṇi saṃyamya cibukaṃ hṛdayopari ॥ cittaṃ cittapathe dattvā pābhavedvāyusādhanam । mahāmudrābhavedeṣā sarvatantreṣu gopitā ॥ vāmāṅgena samabhyasya dakṣāṅgenābhyasetpunaḥ prāṇāyāmaṃ samaṃ kṛtvā yogī niyatamānasaḥ ॥ ;A ॥

My dearest, 8 shall now describe to you the Mahamudra, from whose knowledge the ancient sages Kapila and others obtained success in Yoga. 8n accordance with the instructions of the 6uru, press gently the perineum with the heel of the left foot. Stretching the right foot out, hold it fast by the two hands. 7aving closed the nine gates qof the bodyr, place the chin on the chest. Then concentrate the vibrations of the mind and inspire air and retain it by kumbhaka qso long as one can comfortably keep itr. This is the Mahamudra, held secret in all the Tantras. The steady-minded Yogi, having practiced it on the left side should then practice it on the right side」 and in all cases must be firm in pranayama – the regulation of his breath.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada ;C

ततववरमेचयमत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRĀ Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽउतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगप्या महाच्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥ C; ॥ ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥ C< ॥ vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣā

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥ C= ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

Sit and bring soles of feet together with heels close to the perineum. <. Keep knees wide and hold the feet firmly. =. Maintain a straight spine and gaze to nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, The SP7

गु्फहो तुवृषण्याधः सीवउयाः पाववयहेः てषपमेत ्। पादपाववेतुपाताणयां ृढं ब्वा सु┪न0चलम ्। भरासनं भवमेदमेतत ्सवव्याच्चिषाहम ्॥ ८ ॥

gulphau tu vṛṣaṇasy;dhaḥ sīvany;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ kṣipet | p;dap;rśve tu p;ṇibhy;ṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhv; suniścalam | bhadr;sanaṃ bhavedetat sarvavy;dhiviṣ;paham ॥ B ॥

qThe Yoginr should place the two ankles of the leg below the testicles, on either side the frenum of the prepuce. Then with both hands holding firmly the two feet by their sides, and remaining motionless. This will be the 1hadrasana, the panacea for all ills and the antidote against all poisons.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada ;C

ततववरमेचयमत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रमेचक््वमेष च्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRĀ Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽउतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेउममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगप्या महाच्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृचतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धॆन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Jalandhara Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

From Bhadrasana, extend feet away from body. Keep toes together, heels apart, knees open. Place hands on respective knees and tuck the chin to chest. Gaze to the nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MUDRA

पूर्व चरपटचोक कह्यो सोई वाही विधि यो कीजी सोई या मे एड़ी भिन्न जु राषै अंगुल आठ अंतरो राषै॥२५६ ठुबुक कंठकूप मे ठानो नासा अग्र दृष्ट को ठानो या करि जालंधर बंध होई साधक साधै विधि सो कोई॥२५७

pūrva carapaṭacoka kahyo soī vāhī vidhi yo kījī soī ya me eḍī bhinna ju rāṣai aṃgula āṭha antaro rāṣai॥ cyubuka kaṃṭhakūpa me ṭhāno nāsā agra diṣṭa ko ṭhāṃno yā kari jālaṃdhara baṃdha hoī sādhaka sādhai vidhi so koī॥

This is practiced in the manner of carpatacaukasana. In this asana, keep both the heels separate at a distance of eight fingers. Chin well placed at the jugular knotch. Gaze at the tip of nose.

Recaka Kumbhaka Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुक्तम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaۇyum mrۇdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyaۇtaḥ praۇṇa saṃśaya kārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्याय़ां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभव़ी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

पूरकान्ते तु कर्तव्यो बंधो जालंधराभिधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कंठसंकोचरूपोऽसौ वायुमार्गनिरोधकः । कंठमाकुंच्य हृदये स्थापयेद् दृढमिच्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बंधो जालंधराख्योऽयममृताप्यायकारकः । अधस्तात् कुंचनेनाशु कंठसंकोचने कृते ॥ १११ ॥ मध्ये पश्चिमताणेन स्यात् प्राणो ब्रह्मनाडिगः । कुंडल्य़ा ग्रंथित्रयविभेदनॆन निर्विकल्पकप्राप्तिः वज्रासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुंडलीम् ॥ ११२ ॥

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālaṃdharābhidhaḥ ॥ kaṃṭhasaṃkocarūpo'sau vāyumārganirodhakaḥ | kaṃṭhamākuṃcya hṛdaye sthāpayed dṛḍhamicchayā ॥ bandho jālaṃdharākhyo'yamamṛtāpyāyakārakaḥ | adhastāt kuṃcenenāśu kaṃṭhasaṃkocane kṛte ॥ madhye paścimatāṇena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ | kuṇḍalyā granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakaprāptiḥ vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm ॥

The bandha known as Jalandhara should be performed at the close of the Puraka (in-filling the vital air). This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. After constricting the throat, he should establish (the vital air) firmly in the bosom. This is known as the Jalandhara bandha, which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by (performing) Pascimatana in the middle, the Prana (vital air) will reach the Brahma-nadi.

Visualize the Yoni Mandala

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

PRANAYAMA

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati

Verse A<

Sit and keep soles of feet together and heels close to the perineum. Hold the soles of the feet and lean forward and down. Bring forehead to feet and gaze to the nose.

MUDRA

दौ पगथली संपुट करौ एड़ी मेडु कै ढ़िग धरौ अधवहाथ को अंतर राषौ लिलाट पगथल्यां उपर दाषौ॥२१४ दसौं आंगुरी अग्र मिलावौ फणा अग्र पर लै पहरावैं कहुणी लै भूपरि कर दाषौ नली कहूणी मिलिवाँ राषौ ॥२१५ सम करि राषै सकल सरीर नासा दृष्टि लगावौ धीर मुख मार्ग सो वाी गहै आसक्त होय तहां लौ रहै ॥२१६ इड़ा नाड़ी कर पवन उतारै वार सात या जुगति विचारै चढतो चढतो कंभक साधै वार सात या जुगति आराधै ॥२१७ वंध होय मल मूत्र को वाय विग्रहै कोय या आसन कै करता ही द्रवीभूत सो होय ॥२१८

dou pagathalī saṃpuṭa karai eḍī meḍhu ke ḍhiga dharai ardha h;tha ko aṃtara rāṣai lilāṭa pagathalyāṃ upara dāṣai॥ dasoṃ āṃgurī agra milāvau phaṇā agra para le paharāvaiṃ kahuṇī lai bhūpari kara dāṣai nalī kahūṇī milivāṃ rāṣau ॥ sama kari rāṣai sakala sarīra nāsā dṛṣṭi lagāvau dhīra mukha mārga so vāī gahaī āsakta hoya tahāṃ lau rahe ॥ iḍā nāḍi kara pavana utāre vāra sāta yā jugati vicārai caḍhato caḍhato kaṃbhaka sādhe vāra sāta yā jugati ārādhe ॥ vaṃdha hoya mala mūtra ko vāya vigrahai koya yā āsana ke karata hī dravībhūta so hoya ॥

Join both the soles together and put the heels near the generative organ at a distance of half hand (< fingers). Catch hold of sole with the help of all the ten fingers. Bring elbows on the ground near the shins. Balance the whole body. Gaze at the tip of nose.

Recaka Kumbhaka Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुक्तम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaۇyum mrۇdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyaۇtaḥ praۇṇa saṃśaya kārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्याय़ां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभव़ी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MULA BANDHA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धॆन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

YOGA MAYA- SWASTHYAVODHAM

Sit and keep heels together, toes apart and knees wide. Lean forward and down and extend hands out wide, palms down on ground. Bring forehead to the ground behind the heels and gaze to the nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MUDRA

MERUKAMPANA ASANA :apta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga Asanamala Sacitra

पूरब विधि परि पगाथली संपुट षोल येड़ी मिली राषै येड़यास्यु माहिली कानि अगूल दो आतरो लिलाट धरती लगावौ हाथ दौऊ गोड़ा उपरी लगावौ अडवाइरछा परा पसारौ हथेली अंगुली धरती राषै दृष्टि नासा अग्र आसन कौ गुण पच उपबाई जिनकी गाठिपर

pūraba vidhi pari pagathalī saṃpuṭa ṣola yeḍī milī rāṣe yeḍyāsyu māhilī kāni agūla do ātarai lilāṭa dharati lagāvau hātha doū goḍā upari lagāvau aḍavāirachā parā pasārau hathelī aṃgulī dharatī rāṣai dṛṣṭi nāsā agra āsana kau guṇa paca upabāī jinakī gāṭhipara

Sit with legs extended. Close two heels together while keeping toes apart. Knees are spread sideward. Lower the body forward to touch the forehead on ground near the heels. Spread hands sideward over knees and place palms on ground. Gaze is fixed at the nose.

Recaka Kumbhaka Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुक्तम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaۇyum mrۇdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyaۇtaḥ praۇṇa saṃśaya kārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्याय़ां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभव़ी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MULA BANDHA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धॆन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Sit and keep toes together, heels apart. Bring arms below the shins, extend out and keep palms up. Bring forehead to the ground above the feet, bringing toes near the throat. Gaze to the nose.

Visualize Lord Surya in your inner space

MUDRA

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala Brahmana-Upanishad

SUKHA SAMASTHI ASANA :apta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Yogapradipyaka of Jayatarama

दौ पगथोल संपुट करौ सो लै मेढ़ आग मे धरौ अंगुल आठ आंतरै राषौ एड़ी को ऐसे विधि दाषौ॥२४९ आणौ हाथ पगां कै माही कोहणी सहित कलायाताई आम्हां सांम्हां करि पुनि दौ भूपर राषौ सूधा सोई ॥२५० फणा दौऊ आगानै करैं नासा को भू ऊपर धरै पाद अंगुष्ठा कंठ लगावौ नासा अग्र दृष्टि बहरावौ॥२५१ पवन धारणा सहित यौ साध्यां लागै समाधि देही नृमल होय मुनि कदौं न उपजै व्याधि ॥ २५२

dou pagathali saṃpuṭa karai so lai meḍha āga me dharau aṃgula āṭha āṃtarai rāṣau eḍī ko aise vidhi dāṣau॥ āṇau hātha pagāṃ kai māhī kauhaṇī sahita kalāyātāī āmhā sāṃmhā kari puni dau bhūpara rāṣau sūdhā soī ॥ phaṇā doū āgānai karaiṃ nāsā ko bhū upari dharai pāda aṃguṣṭhā kaṃṭha lagāvau nāsā agra dṛṣṭi baharāvau॥ pavana dhāraṇā sahita yau sādhyāṃ lāgai samādhi dehī nṛmala hoya muni kadauṃ na upajai vyādhi ॥

While seated on ground, bring soles of feet together by keeping little distance of eight digits between heels. Insert hands through legs and place them on two sides on ground. Keep palms facing upwards. Bend forward to touch the nose on ground and place toes at the throat. Fix the gaze at the nose-tip.

Recaka Kumbhaka Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुक्तम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaۇyum mrۇdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyaۇtaḥ praۇṇa saṃśaya kārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

ŚAMBHAVĪ MUDRA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्याय़ां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभव़ी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MULA BANDHA Śastra Pramāṇa - शा्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धॆन चैकताम् । गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pṛṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

YOGA MAYA- SWASTHYAVODHAM

Sit and keep heels together, toes apart. Hold the feet and open them up, bringing soles towards the sky, keeping back of hands on ground. Press elbows onto the thighs towards the knees and gaze to the nose.

Visualize THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

MUDRA

JANUKAMPANA ASANA :apta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga Asanamala Sacitra

दउ पगाकी यमेडी धरती मगिवा मेढ लगावई पगथली महली कौर अंगूठाकी सधि सूधी जोडै बारिल कोर फना षुल्या राषै कहण्या की माहिली संधी गोड उपरी राषै हाथा की अंगुली चिपि्ट धरती टेकै अंगूठा अग्र छीदो धरती लगावई

अगुल्या क अग्र माहि कानी राषै दिष्टि नासा अग्र आसण कौगूण नाग पवन बध होई

While sitting on ground, draw legs close to the seat in such a way that heels comes together and toes apart. 1end the arms and place elbows on respective knees. Keep the back of hands and fingers on ground in supine position. 3irect gaze at tip of nose.

R420K0 KUM170K0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyātaḥ prāṇasaṃśayakārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

शंभवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

@A.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Sit and bring soles of the feet together, heels at perineum, knees to the ground. Place hands on the knees and gently press them down. Pull the stomach in and up and gaze to third eye.

आप्त प्रमाण Yogapradipyaka of Dayatarama

दउ पगथलि संपुट धारै आंगनै कर जारे पसारै गोड भूसौ लगता राषै हाथ दउ गोड परिदाषै॥आंषि माहिली उपरि ठानै गोड दाषिव भूमि परि तानै दिष्टि त्रिकुटी राषै गोई चरपट चौक कहावै सोई॥ अणवचर संजु मुक्तनर चितवन करै जु कोय नैननि को नासै तिमर ज्योति नृमली होय॥

dau pagathali saṃpuṭa dhārai āṃgane kara jāre pasārai goḍa bhūsau lagatā rāṣai hātha dau goḍa paridāṣai॥ āṃṣi māhilī upari ṭhānai goḍa dāṣiva bhūmi pari tānai diṣṭi trikuṭī rāṣai goī carapaṭa cauka kahāvai soī॥ aṇavacara saṃju muktanara citavana karai ju koya nainani ko nāsai timara jyoti nṛmalī hoya॥

1ring both the soles together and place them in front. Knees should touch the ground. 1oth hands should be placed on the knees and press them towards ground. 6aze between eyebrows.

R420K0 KUM170K0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyātaḥ prāṇasaṃśayakārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

शंभवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

उड्डियान बंध शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तूड्डियाणकः । बंधो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तूण्डीयते यतः ॥ १०६ ॥ तस्मादुड्डीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उड्डीयाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अभ्यसेत् तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत् । नाभेरुर्ध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūṇḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣaṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

@B.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A

Uddiyana Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

MU3R0

Hindu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse

Sit and bring soles of feet facing together, knees wide. Lift the heels up and bring the toes down onto the ground. Keep the knees on the ground, pull the stomach in and up and place hands on knees in bindu mudra.

भैरवासन आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali

गुल्फौ संपीड्य चान्योन्यं व्युत्क्रमेणोत्थितं शनैः जान्वोः पार्श्वगतौ हस्तौ दण्डवद् भैरवासनम्

gulphau saṃpīḍya cānyonyaṃ vyutkrameṇotthitaṃ śanaiḥ jānvoḥ pārśvagatau hastau daṇḍavad bhairavāsanam

Press the two ankles with each other and raise them up. Place the hands straight by the sides of the knees. This is bhairavasana.

R420K0 KUM170K0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyātaḥ prāṇasaṃśayakārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

शंभवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

उड्डियान बंध शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तूड्डियाणकः । बंधो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तूण्डीयते यतः ॥ १०६ ॥ तस्मादुड्डीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उड्डीयाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अभ्यसेत् तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत् । नाभेरुर्ध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūṇḍīyate yataḥ ॥ tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ ॥ ṣaṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Sit with one heel at the perineum. Lift and hold the other foot, pulling the sole of the foot onto the chest. 6aze to the third eye and hold the breath in muladhara chakra.

MU3R0

समानासन शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamalam (Uttara-Tantram)

समानासनमावक्ष्ये सिद्धमन्त्रादिसाधनात्। एकपादमूरौ दत्त्वा गुह्योऽन्यल्लिङ्गवक्त्रके॥ एतद् वीरासनंनाथ समानासनसंज्ञ कम्। इत्याकृत्य जपेन्मन्त्रं धृत्वा वायुं चतुर्दले॥

samānāsanamāvakṣye siddhamantrādisādhanāt। ekapādamūrau dattvā guhyo'nyalliṅgavaktrake॥ etad vīrāsanaṃ nātha samānāsanasaṃjña kam। ityākṛtya japenmantraṃ dhṛtvā vāyuṃ caturdale॥

qNow 8 tell you aboutr sam;n;sana which is the cause of siddamantra etc.」 Place one foot on the chest and the other on qthe place betweenr the anus and the genitals. This, O Lord! is named vīr;sana or sam;n;sana. While doing this ;sana qone mustr chant the mantra holding the breath in the caturdala qfour-leavedr of the mūl;dh;ra.

R420K0 KUM170K0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyātaḥ prāṇasaṃśayakārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

शंभवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuṃcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

0PANASANA

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala Brahmanopanishad

Sit and place one leg on top of the respective shoulder. Raise other foot upwards and straight. Keep hands on the ground to the sides and gaze to the third eye.

अपानसन शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamalam (Uttara-Tantram)

के वलं पादमेकञ्च स्कन्धे चारोप्य यत्नतः। एकपादेन गगने तिष्ठेत् दण्डवत् प्रभो। अपानासनमेतद्धि सर्वेषां पूरकाश्रयम्। कृत्वा सूक्ष्मे शीर्षपद्मे समारोप्य व वायुभिः॥ तदा सिद्धो भवेन्मर्त्यः प्राणापानसमागमः। अपानसनयोगेन कृत्वा योगेश्वरो भुवि॥

kevalaṃ pādamekañca skandhe cāropya yatnataḥ। ekapādena gagane tiṣṭhet daṇḍavat prabho। apānāsanametaddhi sarveṣāṃ pūrakāśrayam। kṛtvā sūkṣme śīrṣapadme samāropya va vāyubhiḥ॥ tadā siddho bhavenmarttyaḥ prāṇāpānasamāgamaḥ। apānasanayogena kṛtvā yogeśvaro bhuvi॥

q8f your Place just one foot on the shoulder with effort and qraiser the second foot like a rod towards the sky it surely becomes ap;n;sana, qand ifr by doing pūraka in śirṣpadm;sana by the subtle breath then person qwho is bound to die one day, anybody who is born will surely die one dayr becomes a siddha. This way pr;ņa and ap;na become one, and by doing this ap;n;sana one becomes Yogeśwara qsupreme among Yogisr.

R420K0 KUM170K0 शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama Yoga Pada

ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदु निश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९॥ रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vāyum mṛdu niśvāsa saṃyutam | recakastveṣa vikhyātaḥ prāṇasaṃśayakārakaḥ ॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

शंभवी मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. Sit with one heel at the perineum. <. Lift and hold the other foot, pulling the sole of the foot onto the chest. =. 6aze to the third eye and hold the breath in muladhara chakra.

MU3R0

S0M0N0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr <=. A;-A<

समानासनमाव्यめぞस्धमüरा┨दसाधनात ्। एकपादमूरほ द┙वा गु्यへऽüयि्ल्गवèरकめ ॥२३.७१॥ एत् वीरासनंनाथ समानासनसंञ कम ्। इ्याकृ ्य जपめüमüरं धृ्वा वायुं चतुदवलめ॥ २३.७२॥

sam;n;sanam;vakṣye siddhamantr;dis;dhan;t। ekap;damūrau dattv; guhyo'nyalliṅgavaktrake॥<=.A;॥ etad vīr;sanaṃ n;tha sam;n;sanasaṃjña kam। ity;kṛtya japenmantraṃ dhṛtv; v;yuṃ caturdale॥<=.A<॥

qNow 8 tell you aboutr sam;n;sana which is the cause of siddamantra etc.」 Place one foot on the chest and the other on qthe place betweenr the anus and the genitals. This, O Lord! is named vīr;sana or sam;n;sana. While doing this ;sana qone mustr chant the mantra holding the breath in the caturdala qfour-leavedr of the mūl;dh;ra.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरめचयめत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रめचक््वめष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Recaka Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati Verse A<

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. Sit and place one leg on top of the respective shoulder. <. Raise other foot upwards and straight. =. Keep hands on the ground to the sides and gaze to the third eye.

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

0P0N0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr <=. @B-A:

कめ वलं पादमめक्च ्कüधめचारへ्य य्नतः। एकपादめन गगनめ┪त्ठめत ्द्डवत ्रभへ।२३.६८॥ अपानासनमめत्っध सवेषां पूरकारयम ्। कृ ्वा सू्मशीषवप्ममेसमारहे्य व वायुजोभः॥ २३.६९॥ तदा ぞस्धへ भवमेüमडेयवः राणापानसमागमः। अपानसनयमेगमेन कृ ्वा यमेगमे0वरहे भुちव॥२३.७० ॥

kevalaṃ p;damekañca skandhe c;ropya yatnataḥ। ekap;dena gagane tiṣṭhet da ḍavat prabho।<=.@B॥ ap;n;sanametaddhi sarveṣ;ṃ pūrak;śrayam। kṛtv; sūkṣme śīrṣapadme sam;ropya va v;yubhiḥ॥<=.@C॥ tad; siddho bhavenmarttyaḥ pr;ṇ;p;nasam;gamaḥ। ap;nasanayogena kṛtv; yogeśvaro bhuvi॥<=.A:॥

q8f your Place just one foot on the shoulder with effort and qraiser the second foot like a rod towards the sky it surely becomes ap;n;sana, qand ifr by doing pūraka in śirşpadm;sana by the subtle breath then person qwho is bound to die one day, anybody who is born will surely die one dayr becomes a siddha. This way pr;ņa and ap;na become one, and by doing this ap;n;sana one becomes Yogeśwara qsupreme among Yogisr.

R420K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra 0gama Yoga Pada ;C

ततへ्ववरめचयめत ्वायुं मृदु┪न0वास संयुतम ् ॥ १९॥ रめचक््वめष ちव्यातः राणसंशयकारक ।

tatordhvam recayet vaゥyum mrゥdu nisゥvasa samyutam | recakastvesォa vikhyaゥtah praゥn.a samsゥaya kaゥrakah ॥;C॥

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad @. ;=

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

;. Sit and cross one leg over the other, aligning the knees at the center of the body. <. With feet by opposite hips, place both hands on top of the stacked knees. =. 6aze to the nose. OM N8T7Y0N0N3O70M

6OMUK70S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad =. <

स्यめदてषणगु्फं तुपृ्ठपा0वे┪नयへजयめत ् । दてषणめऽちप तथा स्यंगへमुखंगへमुखंयथा ॥ २ ॥

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhap;rśve niyojayet | dakṣiṇe'pi tath; savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhaṃ yath; ॥ < ॥

One should place his right ankle of the leg on the left side of the back qof the legr and also the left ankle of the leg on the right side similarly. This is 6o-mukha, resembling the face of the cow.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad @. ;-=

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतमे सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरमेणमे┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥ ;=-=

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमेन च चैकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad @. ;=

–

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@-;:C

;. 5rom 6omukhasana position, hold the big toes with index and middle fingers. <. Relax shoulders and pull the stomach in and up. =. 6aze to the nose.

MU3R0

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse @.<

:pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama BA-BC

द┪छन गहेडहे नीचहे ठानमवावं ताकमे ऊपर आनमहे। गहेडा संっध ぞमलावमोभारी आडापद पु┪न दमेसंっध पसारी ॥८७॥ दहेउ पदकहे अ्गु्ट जहेई दहेऊ कर तमेपकरमो सहेई । नासामरि्ट अचल करहे रमहेयमहेअनसूया आसन यह क┨हयमे॥८८॥ यह आसन ┪नत ही करमदेही कं चन हहेय जयतराम साधन だकयमेरहेग रमहोन┨ह कहहेय ॥८९

dachina goḍo nīco ṭh;nai v;voṃ t;ke ūpara ;nai । goḍ; saṃdhi mil;vai bh;rī ;ḍ;pada puni desaṃdhi pas;rī ॥BA ॥ dou padake aṅguṣṭa joī doū kara te pakarai soī । n;s;driṣṭi acala kari rahiye anasūy; ;sana yaha kahiye ॥BB॥ yaha ;sana nita hī karai dehī kaṃcana hoya jayatar;ma s;dhana kiyai roga rahai nahi koya ॥BC

Place left knee above the right knee so that both the knees should touch each other. 4xtend the legs away from the body. 2atch hold of the toes with opposite hands. 6aze at the tip of the nose.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad @. ;-=

वरेण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रमेचयमेत ्। तमेन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतमे सी्कारराणायाममाह- वरेणमे┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥ ;=-=

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ @. <

म्यमातजवयंनु्ठयमेगमेराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

U338Y0N0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:@ - ;:C

कु ्भकामेत रेचका्औ कतव्य्तूぢडयाणकः । बüधहे यमेन सुषु्नायां राण्तू्डीयतमहेयतः ॥ १०६ ॥ त्मादु्डीयणा्यहेऽयंयहेっगजोभः समुद्राृतः । उぢडयाणंतुसहजंगुुणा कっथतं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अ्यसमेत ्तदतमुर्तुवृ्धहेऽちप तुणहे भवमेत ्। नाभेू्ववमध0चाちप ताणं कु यावत ्रय्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षा्मासम्यसमेüमृ्युं जय्यमेव न संशयः ।

kumbhak;nte recak;dau kartavyastūḍḍiy;ṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumn;y;ṃ pr;ṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ ;:@ ॥ tasm;duḍḍīyaṇ;khyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samud;hṛtaḥ | uḍḍiy;ṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇ; kathitaṃ sadā ॥ ;:A ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | n;bherūrdhvamadhaśc;pi t;ṇaṃ kury;t prayatnataḥ ॥ ;:B ॥ ṣ;ṇm;samabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the

head, flowing downwardsr.

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad @. ;=

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

MU3R0

Paruśu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam ;:. ;A

;. 5rom 6omukhasana position, interlace fingers behind the back and lean forward and down. <. 1ring the chin over the knees and touch the nose to the ground. =. 6aze to the nose.

जीमणा गहेदा की ्यंっध उप┧र डावा गहेडा की संっध ぞमलाई राषमो गहेडा्यमो लमेपगथ्या लमो आडवाइ सूधा राषमो हाथा यमो पगाका अगूठा पकडमोअथावा दहेऊ हाथ पाछा नमोक┧र काकसी करमो मूल्वार पाछमोकाकसी राषमो नाजोसका धरती लगावमो┨रििट नासा अर आसन कमहेगुण यहुआसन मास दहेई करी साधमोतहो कं चनममोदमेहदहेई

jīmaṇ; god; kī syaṃdhi upari ḍ;v; goḍ; kī saṃdhi mil;ī r;ṣai goḍ;syau le pagathaly; lau ;ḍav;i sūdh; r;ṣai

h;th; syau pag;k; agūṭh; pakaḍai ath;v; doū h;tha p;ch; nai kari k;kasī karai

mūladv;ra p;chai k;kasī r;ṣai n;sik; dharatī lag;vai driṣṭi n;s; agra

;sana kauguṇa yahu ;sana m;sa doī karī s;dhai tau kaṃcanamai dehadoī

0fter spreading the feet wide apart followed by placing one knee over the other, one is supposed to catch hold of the hands over the back. Then one should bend the head down to touch the nose to the ground.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणमे┪त ॥ १३-३

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

P0RUŚU MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam

तलめतलめतुकरयहे-ि्तयवक्संयहे्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 रसृताः कु यावत ्मुरा परशुसंてञता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya c;ṃgulīḥ । saṃhat;「 prasṛt;ḥ kury;t mudr; paraśu saṃjñit; ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमे न च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っधंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Sit on the ground with one heel pressed against the perineum. <. Keep the opposite foot on the ground in front of the other. =. Keep spine tall, chest out and hands on respective knees. >. 6aze to the nose.

Visualize Yourself as Lord 6aruda

MU3R0

डावहे पग महेज्िड यमेडी माहिलं गुलफ मूल्वार नीचै दमे बमेसमेजीमणी पगथल धरती टेकी गहेडो ऊंचै उभे राषै पगथली माहिली कोर डावा गहेडा अू पीडी माहिली कानी लगावमेहाथ गहेडा उप┧र राषै┨रि0ट नासा अर आसन कहे गुण कहे भा┪त धात जा┪त हहेई तथ भई

ḍ;vo paga moḍi yeḍī m;hilauṃ gulapha mūladv;ra nīcai de baise jīmaṇī pagathali dharatī ṭekī goḍo ūṃcau ubhau r;ṣai pagathalī m;hilī kora ḍ;v; goḍ; arū pīḍī m;hilī k;nī lag;vai h;tha goḍ; upari r;ṣai driśṭi n;s; agra ;sana kau guṇa kahi bh;ti dh;ta j;ti hoī tatha bhai

Sit on the ground. 1end the left leg and place its ankle under the anus. Then place right foot close to the side of the left knee and calf, keeping its knee vertically raised. Place hands on respective knees and direct the gaze at the tip of the nose.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणमे┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेबषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमे न च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っधंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Sit and place perineum on top of one heel with top of foot flat on the ground. <. Place opposite foot on ground in front of opposite foot. =. 8nterlace fingers behind neck, twist outside of raised knee and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself as Sage Narada

MU3R0

Paruśu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam

ちपि्ट जुवाम पगथल कमे री भूप┧र ता┨ह लगावमेफमे री गहेडा सुधै फणै हेजहेई द┪छ पाष┪त राषमेसहेई॥ ्यहुरयौ वाम पगथल जानहे द┪छ पगथल ता प┧र ठानहे उभैजहेज्िड समता क┧र दाषै द┪छन गहेडा उभै राषै॥ डाई एडी सं जामणी कछुयक उची राषैअणी ता प┧र जहेनी थान ही दाषै स्यक ┨दि्ट ┩रकु टी राषै॥ दहेउ ह्त कांकसी करै सहे ले गु┨द पछानहेरै आगांनहेकहुणी ्वै्यवमे द┪छ जंघ वारमेसुजोमलावमे॥ या आसन कमे कीयमेतमेवहरापण जोमट जाय नृमल हेवमेकणवपुट जहे साधेइह भाय ॥

piṣṭi ju v;ma pagathali kerī bhūpari t;hi lag;ve pherī goḍ; sudhau phaṇau hai joī dachi p;ṣati r;ṣai soī॥ vyahurayau v;ma pagathali j;no dachi pagathali t; pari ṭh;no ubhai joḍi samat; kari d;ṣai dachina goḍ; ubhau r;ṣai॥ ḍ;ī eḍī soṃ j;maṇī kachu yaka ucī r;ṣai aṇī t; pari jonī sth;na hī d;ṣai samyaka diṣṭi trikuṭī r;ṣai॥ dou hasta k;ṃkasī karai so le gudi pach;ne dharai ;g;ṃne kahuṇī dvai lyavai dachi jaṃgha v;rai sumil;vai॥ y; ;sana ke kīye te vahar;paṇa miṭa j;ya nṛmala hove karṇapuṭa jo s;dhe iha bh;ya ॥

Place the left sole on the ground folding it qat kneer and bringing towards backside. 5old right leg keeping knees straight pointing upward and place the right sole on the left sole. Place perineum above the left heel. 6aze should be between eyebrows. Make finger lock. 1ring both the elbows towards right side of the right thigh.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणमे┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante

sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

P0RUŚU MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam

तलめतलめतुकरयहे-ि्तयवक्संयहे्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 रसृताः कु यावत ्मुरा परशुसंてञता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya c;ṃgulīḥ । saṃhat;「 prasṛt;ḥ kury;t mudr; paraśu saṃjñit; ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमे न च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っधंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Place one foot on top of opposite thigh and wrap respective arm around the knee, holding onto opposite shin. <. 4xtend opposite hand straight and hold onto respective toe with index and middle finger, gaze to the nose.

Visualize Matsya, the 5ish 0vatar of Vishnu

MU3R0

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse

M0TSY0 P8T70K0 0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Trisikhi 1rahmanopanishad

वामहेन वामा्गु्ठं तुगृहीतं म््यपीठकम ् । यहे┪न वामहेन संपी्य महेरदुप┧र दतेषणम ्॥ ४९ ॥

v;mena v;m;ṅguṣṭhaṃ tu gṛhītaṃ matsyapīṭhakam | yoni v;mena saṃpīḍya meḍhr;dupari dakṣiṇam ॥

Placing the right foot at the root of the left thigh, with the two hands embracing the knees and the left hand grasping the left big toe, is the Matsya-pithaka posture.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणमे┪त ॥ १३-३

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante

sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयहेगमेराण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमे न च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っधंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

;. Sit and cross one leg over the other, aligning the knees at the center of the body. <. With feet by opposite hips, place both hands on top of the stacked knees. =. 6aze to the nose.

Visualize the 5ace of a 2ow

60Z4

MU3R0

6OMUK70S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

स्यमेदतेषणगु्फं तुपृ्ठपा0वे┪नयहेजत ् । दतेषणमेऽちप तथा स्यंगामुखंगामुखंयथा ॥ २ ॥

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhap;rśve niyojayet | dakṣiṇe'pi tath; savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhaṃ yath; ॥

One should place his right ankle of the leg on the left side of the back qof the legr and also the left ankle of the leg on the right side similarly. This is 6o-mukha, resembling the face of the cow.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणमे┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यमेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नममेषहेüममेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरमेषुगह्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानमेन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेबषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधमे न च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्っधंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Uddiyana 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0 OM N8T7Y0N0N3O70M

;. 5rom 6omukhasana position, hold the big toes with index and middle fingers. <. Relax shoulders and pull the stomach in and up. =. 6aze to the nose.

Visualize Yourself as Rishika 0nasuya

60Z4

MU3R0

Part 6: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_English_part_6.md

:pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama

द┪छन गहेडा नीचहे ठानमेवावं ताकमे ऊपर आनमे। गहेडा संज्ि मिलावमेभारी आडापद पु┪न दमेसंज्ि पसारी ॥८७॥ दहेउ पदकमे अ्गु्ट जहेई दहेऊ कर तमेपकरै सहेई । नासा┨रि्ट अचल क┧र र┨हयमेअनसूया आसन यह क┨हयमे॥८८॥ यह आसन ┪नत ही करै दमेही कं चन हेय जयतराम साधन िकयमेरहेग रहमे┨ह कहैय ॥

dachina goḍo nīco ṭh;nai v;voṃ t;ke ūpara ;nai । goḍ; saṃdhi mil;vai bh;rī ;ḍ;pada puni desaṃdhi pas;rī ॥ dou padake aṅguṣṭa joī doū kara te pakarai soī । n;s;driṣṭi acala kari rahiye anasūy; ;sana yaha kahiye ॥ yaha ;sana nita hī karai dehī kaṃcana hoya jayatar;ma s;dhana kiyai roga rahai nahi koya ॥

Place left knee above the right knee so that both the knees should touch each other. 4xtend the legs away from the body. 2atch hold of the toes with opposite hands. 6aze at the tip of the nose.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालसअनिद्रा न जायन्ते सीत्कारप्राणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāha-

vaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

मध्यमातर्जनीयनुष्ठयोगे प्राण-मुद्रा । madhyamātarjanyanuṣṭhayoge prāṇa-mudrā ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तूড্ডियाणकः । बन्धो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तूড্ডीयते यतः ॥ १०६ ॥ तस्मादुड्डीयाणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उड्डियाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अभ्यसेत् तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत् । नाभेरुर्ध्वमधश्चापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षाण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ ॥ १०६ ॥ tasmāduḍḍīyāṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā ॥ १०७ ॥ abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ ॥ १०८ ॥ ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

1y what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a 1andha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana qconstricting the bellyr posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of 3eath, and which binds qthe disease-generatingr phlegm which is the water of 4ther having its origin at the qthousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwardsr.

Sitkari Kumbhaka

–

Mula Bandha

Visualize Yourself as Rishika 0nasuya

जीमणा गोडा की स्यंधी उपरि डावा गोडा की संधि मिलाई राष गोडास्यौ ले पगाथल्या लौ आडवाई सूधा राष हाथा स्यौ पगाका अंगूठा पकडै अथवा दौऊ हाथ पाछा नै करि काकसी करै मूलद्वार पाछै काकसी राष नासिका धरती लगावौ दृिष्ट नासा अग्र आसन कौगुण यहु आसन मास दोई करी साधै तौ कंचनमय देहदौई

jīmaṇā goḍā kī syandhī upari ḍāvā goḍā kī saṃdhi milāī rāṣai goḍāsyau le pagathalyā lau āḍavāi sūdhā rāṣai

hāthā syau pagākā aṃgūṭhā pakaḍai athavā doū hātha pāchā nai kari kākasī karai

mūladvāra pāchai kākasī rāṣai nāsikā dharatī lagāvai driṣṭi nāsā agra

āsana kauguṇa yahu āsana māsa doī karī sādhai tau kaṃcanamai dehadoī

0fter spreading the feet wide apart followed by placing one knee over the other, one is supposed to catch hold of the hands over the back. Then one should bend the head down to touch the nose to the ground.

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालसअनिद्रा न जायन्ते सीत्कारप्राणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

तले तले तु करयो-स्तिर्यक् संयोज्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 प्रसृताः कुर्यात् मुद्रा परशुसंज्ञिता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya cāṃgulīḥ । saṃhatā「 prasṛtāḥ kuryāt mudrā paraśu saṃjñitā ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

गुदं पार्ष्णया तु संपीड़्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिंदू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ १०४ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ १०५ ॥

Visualize Yourself as Lord 6aruda

Mula Bandha

<. Keep the opposite foot on the ground in front of the other. =. Keep spine tall, chest out and hands on respective knees. >. 6aze to the nose.

डावै पग मोडि येडी माहिलौँ गुलफ मूलद्वार नीचै दै बैसै जीमणी पगथल धरती टेकी गोडो ऊंचौ उभौ राष पगथली माहिली कोर डावा गोडा अरू पीडि माहिली कानी लगावौ हाथ गोडा उपरि राष दृिष्ट नासा अग्र आसन कौ गुण कहि भाति धात जाति होई तथ भई

ḍāvo paga moḍi yeḍī māhilauṃ gulapha mūladvāra nīcai de baise jīmaṇī pagathali dharatī ṭekī goḍo ūṃcau ubhau rāṣai pagathalī māhilī kora ḍāvā goḍā arū pīḍi māhilī kānī lagāvai hātha goḍā upari rāṣai driśṭi nāsā agra āsana kau guṇa kahi bhāti dhāta jāti hoī tatha bhaī

Sit on the ground. 1end the left leg and place its ankle under the anus. Then place right foot close to the side of the left knee and calf, keeping its knee vertically raised. Place hands on respective knees and direct the gaze at the tip of the nose.

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालसअनिद्रा न जायन्ते सीत्कारप्राणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्याय़ां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्य़ा महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

गुदं पार्ष्णया तु संपीड़्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिंदू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ १०४ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ १०५ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka

Mula Bandha

;. Sit and place perineum on top of one heel with top of foot flat on the ground. <. Place opposite foot on ground in front of opposite foot. =. 8nterlace fingers behind neck, twist outside of raised knee and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself as Sage Narada

चिपि्ट जु वाम पगथल केरी भूपरि ताही लगावौ फेरी गोडा सुधौ फणौ है जोई दछि पाषति राष सोई॥<CB व्यहुरायो वाम पगथल जानो दछि पगथल ता परि ठानो उभौ जोडि समता करि दाषौ दछिन गोडा उभौ राष॥<CC डाई एडी सं जामणी कछु यक उची राष अणी ता परि जोनी थान ही दाषौ सम्यक दिष्टि त्रिकुटी राष॥=:: दउ ह्त कांकसी करै सो ले गुदि पछानै धरै आग्नै कहुणी द्वै लयवै दछि जंघ वारै सुमिलावौ॥=:; या आसन कै कीये तै वहरापण मिट जाय नृमल होवै कर्णपुट जो साधै इह भाय ॥=:<

piṣṭi ju vāma pagathali kerī bhūpari tāhī lagāvau pherī goḍā sudhau phaṇau hai joī dachi pāṣati rāṣai soī॥<CB vyahurāyo vāma pagathali jāno dachi pagathali tā pari ṭhāno ubhau joḍi samatā kari dāṣau dachina goḍā ubhau rāṣai॥<CC ḍāī eḍī soṃ jāmaṇī kachu yaka ucī rāṣai aṇī tā pari jonī sthāna hī dāṣau samyaka diṣṭi trikuṭī rāṣai॥=:: dau hasta kāṃkasī karai so le gudi pachāne dharai āgnai kahuṇī dvai lyavai dachi jaṃgha vārai sumilāvau॥=:; yā āsana ke kīye te vaharāpaṇa miṭa jāya nṛmala hove karṇapuṭa jo sādhe iha bhāya ॥=:<

Place the left sole on the ground folding it qat kneer and bringing towards backside. 5old right leg keeping knees straight pointing upward and place the right sole on the left sole. Place perineum above the left heel. 6aze should be between eyebrows. Make finger lock. 1ring both the elbows towards right side of the right thigh.

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालसअनिद्रा न जायन्ते सीत्कारप्राणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāha-

vaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

तले तले तु करयो-स्तिर्यक् संयोज्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 प्रसृताः कुर्यात् मुद्रा परशुसंज्ञिता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya cāṃgulīḥ । saṃhatā「 prasṛtāḥ kuryāt mudrā paraśu saṃjñitā ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

गुदं पार्ष्णया तु संपीड़्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिंदू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ १०४ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ १०५ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka

–

Mula Bandha

Visualize Matsya, the 5ish 0vatar of Vishnu

MU3R0

Prāṇa Mudrā

;. Place one foot on top of opposite thigh and wrap respective arm around the knee, holding onto opposite shin. <. 4xtend opposite hand straight and hold onto respective toe with index and middle finger, gaze to the nose.

वामेन वामाङ्गुष्ठं तुगृहीतं मत्स्यपीठकम् । योनि वामेन संपी्य मेढ्रादुपरि दक्षिणम् ॥ ४९ ॥

vāmena vāmāṅguṣṭhaṃ tu gṛhītaṃ matsyapīṭhakam | yoni vāmena saṃpīḍya meḍhrādupari dakṣiṇam ॥ ४९ ॥

Placing the right foot at the root of the left thigh, with the two hands embracing the knees and the left hand grasping the left big toe, is the Matsya-pithaka posture.

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालसअनिद्रा न जायन्ते

sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

मध्यमातर्जनीयनुष्ठयोगे प्राण-मुद्रा । madhyamātarjanyanuṣṭhayoge prāṇa-mudrā ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

गुदं पार्ष्णया तु संपीड़्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिंदू मूलबंधेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ १०४ ॥ prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ १०५ ॥

Sitkari Kumbhaka

–

Mula Bandha

;. Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. <. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. =. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee. >. Keep raised arm by the neck, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Matsyendranath, the 6reat Sage, and Master of 7atha Yoga

MU3R0

उदरं पश्चिमाभासं कृत्वा तिष्ठति यत्नतः नम्राङ्गं वामपादं हि दक्षजानूपरि न्यसेत्॥ २२ तत्र याम्यं कूर्परं च याम्ये करे च वक्त्रकं भुवोरमध्ये गतां दृष्टिं पीठं मत्स्येन्द्रमुच्यते॥ २३

udaraṃi pascimābhāsaṃ kṛtvā tiṣṭhati yatnataḥ namrāṅgaṃ vāmapādaṃ hi dakṣajānūpari nyaset॥ २२ tatra yāmyaṃ kūrparaṃ ca yāmye kare ca vaktrakaṃ bhuvormadhye gatāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ pīṭhaṃ matsyendramucyate॥ २३

Keeping the stomach at ease like the back, bend the left leg and place it with care on the right thigh, put the elbow of the right hand on top of it and the face on the palm of right hand. Assuming this posture, fix the gaze in the middle of the forehead. This is Mastyendra posture.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासायां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यानindra न जायन्ते सीत्काराणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽüतर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्णयावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नाüदबिन्दुमूलबन्धनेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyāvatusampīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Śāstra Pramāṇa - Sandilyopnaishad

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee and extend hand down to the foot, keeping opposite hand at respective ear, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself as a Camel

Prāṇa Mudrā Mudrā Vidhānam Verse

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Yoga Asanamala Sacitra

आसण कओ गुण झोलो जायो

āsana kau guṇa jholo jāyo

While sitting on the ground, place left foot on the base of the right thigh. Then bend right knee and place the right foot near the left knee in floor. Now pass the left hand outside the right knee wand with left hand catch hold of the right toes. Place right thumb at the left ear and extend the other fingers.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासायां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यानindra न जायन्ते सीत्काराणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhānam, Nivedana mudrāḥ

मध्यमातर्जवन्यंनुष्ठययोगे प्राण-मुरा । madhyamātarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge prāṇa-mudrā ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्णयावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नाüदबिन्दुमूलबन्धनेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyāvatusampīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Śāstra Pramāṇa - Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee and extend hand down to the foot, keeping opposite hand on ground behind, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

BA.

Visualize Matsyendranath, the Great Sage, and Master of Hatha Yoga

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmarama

म्यस्त्येन्द्रपीठं जठरप्रदीप्तिं प्रचण्डरुग्मण्डलखण्डनाराम ्॥ अभ्यासतः कुण्डलिनीप्रबोधं दण्डस्थिरत्वं हि ददाति पुंसाम्॥

matsyendrapīṭhaṁ jaṭharapradīptiṁ pracaṇḍarugmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstra m ॥ abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṁ daṇḍasthiratvaṁ hi dadāti puṁsām

The right foot is placed at the root of the left thigh. The left leg is placed by the side of the right knee. Holding left leg by the right hand and twisting the body, one remains steady.

This posture comes from Sri Matsyendranath. Practice of matsyendrasana stimulates the digestive function and works like a weapon to destroy hosts of severe ailments. It also helps arousal of kundalini and gives stability to the spine.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासायां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यानindra न जायन्ते सीत्काराणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽüतर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्णयावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नाüदबिन्दुमूलबन्धनेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyāvatusampīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Śāstra Pramāṇa - Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee. Keep raised arm by the neck, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

BB.

Visualize Matsyendranath, the Great Sage, and Master of Hatha Yoga

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Gheranda Samhita

उदरं पश्चिमाभासं कृत्वा तिष्ठति यत्नतः नम्नागं वामपादं हि दक्षजानूपरि न्यसेत्॥ तर याम्यं कूर्परं च याम्ये करे च वक्त्रकं भुवयोर्मध्ये गतां दृष्टिं पीठं मत्स्येन्द्रमुच्यते॥

udaraṃi pascimābhāsaṃ kṛtvā tiṣṭhati yatnataḥ namrāṅgaṃ vāmapādaṃ hi dakṣajānūpari nyaset|| tatra yāmyaṃ kūrparaṃ ca yāmye kare ca vaktrakaṃ bhuvormadhye gatāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ pīṭhaṃ matsyendramucyate||

Keeping the stomach at ease like the back, bend the left leg and place it with care on the right thigh, put the elbow of the right hand on top of it and the face on the palm of right hand. Assuming this posture, fix the gaze in the middle of the forehead. This is Mastyendra posture.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासायां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यानindra न जायन्ते सीत्काराणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad

लक्ष्येऽüतर्बाह्ययां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषविवर्जितायां च इयं शांभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति । तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence. By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्णयावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नाüदबिन्दुमूलबन्धनेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyāvatusampīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Śāstra Pramāṇa - Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee and extend hand down to the foot, keeping opposite hand at respective ear, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

BC.

Prāṇa Mudrā Mudrā Vidhānam Verse

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Yoga Asanamala Sacitra

आसण कओ गुण झोलो जायो

āsana kau guṇa jholo jāyo

While sitting on the ground, place left foot on the base of the right thigh. Then bend right knee and place the right foot near the left knee in floor. Now pass the left hand outside the right knee wand with left hand catch hold of the right toes. Place right thumb at the left ear and extend the other fingers.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुंगृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासायां रेचयेत् । तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यानindra न जायन्ते सीत्काराणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३

vaktreṇa sītkārapūrvakaṃ vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāhavaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhānam, Nivedana mudrāḥ

मध्यमातर्जवन्यंनुष्ठययोगे प्राण-मुरा । madhyamātarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge prāṇa-mudrā ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पार्ष्णयावतुसम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नाüदबिन्दुमूलबन्धनेन चैकताम् । गत्वा योग्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyāvatusampīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥

C:.

Śāstra Pramāṇa - Sitkari Kumbhaka Sandilyopnaishad

–

Mula Bandha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Visualize Matsyendranath, the Great Sage, and Master of Hatha Yoga

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala Brahmana-Upanishad

Place one foot on top of opposite thigh. Place opposite foot on ground on far side of opposite thigh. Twist and bring elbow outside of raised knee and extend hand down to the foot, keeping opposite hand on ground behind, turn head back and gaze to third eye.

Āpta Pramāṇa - आ्त रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmarama

म्यस्त्येन्द्रपीठं जठरप्रदीप्तिं प्रचण्डरुग्मण्डलखण्डनाराम ्॥ अभ्यासतः कुण्डलिनीप्रबोधं दण्डस्थिरत्वं हि ददाति पुंसाम्॥

matsyendrapīṭhaṁ jaṭharapradīptiṁ pracaṇḍarugmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstra m ॥ abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṁ daṇḍasthiratvaṁ hi dadāti puṁsām

The right foot is placed at the root of the left thigh. The left leg is placed by the side of the right knee. Holding left leg by the right hand and twisting the body, one remains steady.

This posture comes from Sri Matsyendranath. Practice of matsyendrasana stimulates the digestive function and works like a weapon to destroy hosts of severe ailments. It also helps arousal of kundalini and gives stability to the spine.

S8TK0R8 PR0N0Y0M0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Sandilyopanishad

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह- वèरめणめ┪त ॥ १३-३ ॥

vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara qhissing soundr, holding it in Kumbhaka as long as possible, qthe Yoginr should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through indolence, will not be produced.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥

pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sitali Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi

–

Mahamudra 1andha Shiva Samhita Verse

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM M070S030S78VO70M

;. Sit and place feet on top of opposite thighs. <. Place palms on respective knees. =. 4ngage all three bandhas and gaze to nose.

Visualize Yourself as Lord Shiva

60Z4

MU3R0

P03M0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga 2udamanyupanishad

आसनं ्ちवちवधं रへèतं प्मं वरासनं तथा ॥ ४ ॥ ऊ्वोुप┧र चめ्धतめउभめपादतलめयथा । प्मासनं भめवめदめतत ्सववपापरणाशनम ्॥ ५ ॥

;sanaṃ dvividhaṃ proktaṃ padmaṃ vajr;sanaṃ tath; ॥

ūrdhvorupari ceddhatte ubhe p;datale yath; | padm;sanaṃ bhevedetat sarvap;papraṇ;śanam ॥

Postures are said to be of two kinds「 the Padmasana and the Vajrasana. When one places the soles of his feet over the two thighs qcrosswise, the right sole over the left thigh and the left sole over the right thighr, this becomes the Padma posture, which destroys all sin.

S8T0L8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana 7athatatvakaumadi

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह - वèरめणめ┪त ॥

Vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

One draws the tongue out to press them against the teeth and takes the air in. Then he slowly leaves the air out through the roof of nose as before till he feels the sensation at the tip of the hair and nails.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati |

tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

M070MU3R0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण 3hyanabindupanisad

शहेधनं मलजालानांघटनं चüरसूयवयहेः ॥ ९१ ॥ सानां शहेषणं स्य् महामुराぞभधीयतहे॥ ९२ ॥ वषहेüय्तहनु┪नवपी्य सुちषरं यहेनहे0च वामा्┪िणाह्या्यामनुधारयन रちवततं पादं तथा दてषणम ्।

आपूयव0वसनहेन कु てषयुगलं ब्वा शन हऐ रहेचयहेदहेषा पातकनाぞशनी ननुमहामुरा नृणां रहहे्यतहे॥ ९३ ॥

śodhanaṃ malaj;l;n;ṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ ॥

ras;n;ṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mah;mudr;bhidhīyate ॥

vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca v;m;ṅghriṇ; hasy;bhy;manudh;rayan pravitataṃ p;daṃ tath; dakṣiṇam | ;pūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhv; śanai recayedeṣ;

p;takan;śinī nanu mah;mudr; nṛṇ;ṃ procyate ॥

The cleansing qwith the Pranayamar of the heaps of impurities qin the Nadisr, the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas qVaata, Pitta and Kaphar, is known as the mah;mudr;. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Sitali Kumbhaka 7athatatva Kaumudi

–

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM M070S030S78VO70M

;. Sit and place feet on top of opposite thighs. <. 2ross arms and hold onto toes with index and middle fingers. =. gaze to nose.

Visualize Yourself as 6oddess Parvati, 2onsort of Shiva

60Z4

MU3R0

Prana Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse

उतानहो चरणहो र्वा ऊूसं्थहो रय्नतः । ऊूम्यहेतथहेतानहो पाणी त्वा तुताृशहो ॥ नासारहेちवüयसहेदूृि्टं दüतमूल्च िज््या । उतहे्य っचबुकं वष उ्था्य पवनं शनमोः ॥ यथा0हऐतया समा््य पूरयहेदुदरं शनमोः । यथा शहे्यमोव प0चातुरहेचयहेदちवरहेधतः ॥ इदं प्मासनं रहहेちतं सवव्याちधちवनाशनम ्॥ ८८ ॥ दुलवभंयहेन कहे नाちप धीमता ल््तहेपरम ्॥ ८९ ॥

utt;nau caraṇau kratv; ūrūsaṃsthau prayatnataḥ ।

ūrūmadhye tathot;nau p;ṇī krtv; tu t;dṛśau ॥ n;s;gre vinyasedūdṛṣṭiṃ dantamūlañca jivhy; । uttolya cibukaṃ vakṣa utth;pya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ॥

yath;śktay; sam;krṣya pūrayedudaraṃ śanaiḥ । yath; śaktyaiva paśc;ttu recayedavirodhataḥ ॥ idaṃ padm;sanaṃ proktaṃ sarvavy;dhivin;śanam ॥

durlabhaṃ yena ken;pi dhīmat; labhyte param ॥

8 now describe the Padmasana which wards off qor curesr all diseases「 7aving crossed the legs, carefully place the feet on the opposite thighs qi.e. the left foot on the right thigh, and vice versar」 cross both the hands and place them similarly on the thighs」 fix the sight on the tip of the nose」 pressing the tongue against the root of the teeth, qthe chin should be elevated, the chest expandedr then draw the air slowly, fill the chest with all your might, and expel it slowly, in an unobstructed stream. 8t cannot be practiced by everybody」 only the wise attains success in it.

S8T0L8 KUM170K0 0pta Pramana 7athatatvakaumadi

वèरめण सी्कारपूववकं वायुंगृही्वा यथाशिèत कु ्भ┪य्वा नासा्यां रめचयめत ्। तめन षुतृ्णाल्य┪नरा न जायüतめ सी्कारराणायाममाह - वèरめणめ┪त ॥

Vaktreṇa sītk;rapūrvakaṃ v;yuṃ gṛhītv; yath;śakti kumbhayitv; n;s;bhy;ṃ recayet | tena kṣuttṛṣṇ;lasyanidr; na j;yante sītk;rapr;ṇ;y;mam;havaktreṇeti ॥

One draws the tongue out to press them against the teeth and takes the air in. Then he slowly leaves the air out through the roof of nose as before till he feels the sensation at the tip of the hair and nails.

PR0N0 MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam, Nivedana mudr;ḥ

म्यमातजवüयंनु्ठयहेगहे राण-मुरा । madhyam;tarjanyaṃnuṣṭhayoge pr;ṇa-mudr; ।

When the middle and index finger stand nearby each other qwe should understand that the other fingers are foldedr, it is called Prana mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयहे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधहेन च हऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥

pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM M070S030S78VO70M

;. Sit and place feet on top of opposite thighs. <. Place palms on the ground between the two thighs and lift the body up.

Visualize Yourself as a Rooster

60Z4

MU3R0

KUKKUT0S0N0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Trisikhi 1rahmanopanishad

प्मासनं सुसं्था्य नानूवोरुतरहेकऔव। ह┪नवहे0य भूमावा┪त्ठहे््यहेम्थः कु हकèकु टासनः ॥ ४१ ॥

padm;sanaṃ susaṃsth;pya n;nūrvorantare karau | niveśya bhūm;v;tiṣṭhedvyomasthaḥ kukkuṭ;sanaḥ ॥

7aving well established the Padmasana, he who is firmly grounded on the earth qwith his bodyr suspended in mid-air, his two hands inserted in the inter-space between the knees and the thighs, assumes the Kukkutasana qcock-posturer.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नहे्य हऐम ्-;रं सम हऐक्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय हऐः प हऐर्śवयहेः क्ṣइपहेत ग्चत हऐ; ह┪तṣठहत हऐ; śवस-ध हऐरṇअṃ न बल हऐ्-य् हऐ; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु हऐ्भḥ रहहेèतः śहऐर-क्ṛちतव हऐसस हऐ;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यहेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ह┪नमहेषहहेüमहेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरहेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानहेन संसारह┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयहे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधहेन च हऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥

pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM M070S030S78VO70M

;. Sit and place feet on top of opposite thighs. <. Rise up onto the knees and place palms on ground, fingers pointing towards the perineum. =. Keep elbows together and press against the naval, then lean forward, find balance and extend knees up off ground.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

60Z4

MU3R0

103370K4KK8 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 7atharatnavali

धरामव्ट्य कर्वयहेन त्कू पव┧र ्थाちपतनाぞभपास0वव उ्चासनहे द्डवदुि्थतः खहे मयूरमहेत्रवदिüत पीठम ्॥४२ मयूरं प्मकं कु यावत ्ब्धकहे की┪त क्यतहे॥ ४५

dhar;mavaṣṭabhya karadvayena tatkūrpari sth;pitan;bhip;sarśvaḥ ucc;sano daṇḍavadutthitaḥ khe mayūrametatpravadanti pīṭham ॥

mayūraṃ padmakaṃ kury;t baddhakekīti kathyate ॥

Place both the palms on the ground. Place both elbows on the side of the navel. Stand on the hands lifting body in air with legs in padmasana. Mayura is called baddhakeki.

Technique consists of Mayurasana with Padmasana.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नहे्य हऐम ्-;रं सम हऐक्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय हऐः प हऐर्śवयहेः क्ṣइपहेत ग्चत हऐ; ह┪तṣठहत हऐ; śवस-ध हऐरṇअṃ न बल हऐ्-य् हऐ; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु हऐ्भḥ रहहेèतः śहऐर-क्ṛちतव हऐसस हऐ;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यहेऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ह┪नमहेषहहेüमहेषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरहेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानहेन संसारह┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयहे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधहेन च हऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥

pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

90P0

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM M070S030S78VO70M

Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Rudrayamalam qUttara-Tantramr

अथ व्यめमहादめव मयूरासनमुतमम ्।भूमほ ┪नपा्य ह्तほ ्वほ कू पवरへप┧र दめहकम ्॥ २३.९१॥ कू पवरへप┧रसं्था्य सववदめहं ि्थरा0यः।कめ वलं ह्तयुगलं ┪नपा्य भुちव सुि्थरः॥२३.९२॥

atha vakṣye mah;deva mayūr;sanamuttamam। bhūmau nip;tya hastau dvau kūrparopari dehakam॥ kūrparoparisaṃsth;pya sarvadehaṃ sthir;śyaḥ। kevalaṃ hastayugalaṃ nip;tya bhuvi susthiraḥ॥

O Mah;deva! Now 8 shall talk about the supreme mayur;sana」 Place both the hands on the floor and rest the body on both the elbows. Rest the entire body on the elbows at the abdomen」 Placing only both the hands on the floor, be properly still.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

Paruśu Mudra Mudra Vidhanam

M0K0R0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

अ्या्यः शめतめृदयं ┪नधाय भूमほ च पादほ च रसायवमाणほ ぞसर0च धृ्वा करद्डयु्मめ दめहाि्नकारं मकरासनंतत ्॥३९

adhy;syaḥ śete hṛdayaṃ nidh;ya bhūmau ca p;dau ca pras;ryam;ṇau siraśca dhṛtv; karadaṇḍayugme deh;gnik;raṃ makar;sanaṃ tat ॥

Lie down on the ground face downwards, chest touching the earth, the two legs being stretched「 catch the head with two arms. This is Makarasana. The increaser of the bodily heat.

7aving held the head with the two arms, one lies down on the ground facing downwards, chest touching the ground, two legs spread apart. This posture is called the Makarasana – the 2rocodile posture – the increaser of bodily heat.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Paruśu MU3R0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Mudra Vidhanam

तलめतलめतुकरयへ-ि्तयवक्संयへ्य चांगुलीः । संहता「 रसृताः कु यावत ्मुरा परशुसंてञता ॥

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya c;ṃgulīḥ । saṃhat;「 prasṛt;ḥ kury;t mudr; paraśu saṃjñit; ॥

5or every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. 2ontract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

S0L0170S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

अ्या्यः शめतめकरयु्मवषへ भूぞममव्ट्य करयへ्तला्याम ् | पादほ च शूüयめच ちवति्त चへ्वंवदिüत पीठं शलभं मुनीüराः || ३८ ||

adhy;syaḥ śete karayugmavakṣo bhūmimavaṣṭabhya karayostal;bhy;m | p;dau ca śūnye ca vitasti cordhvaṁ vadanti pīṭhaṁ śalabhaṁ munīndr;ḥ ||

Lie on the ground face downwards, place both hands on the chest, the palms touching the ground and raise the legs in the air one cubit high. This posture is called the Salabhasana.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

USTR0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

अ्या्यः शめतめपदयु्म्य्तं पृ्ठめ┪नधायाちप धृतं करा्याम ् आकु ्चयめत ्स्यगुदरा्यगाढ-मु्र्च पीठं यへっगनへ वदिüत ॥४०

adhy;syaḥ śete padayugmavyastaṃ pṛṣṭhe nidh;y;pi dhṛtaṃ kar;bhy;m ;kuñcayet samyagudar;syag;ḍhamuṣṭrañca pīṭhaṃ yogino vadanti ॥

Lie on the ground face, downwards, turn up the legs and place them towards the back, catch the legs with the hands, contract forcibly the mouth and the abdomen. This is called the 2amel-posture.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयहे क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषहेüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरहेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

370NUR0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 6heranda Samhita

रसायवपादほ भुちव द्डूपほ करほ च पृ्ठमेधृतपादयु्मम ् कृ ्वा धनु्तु्यちवव┪तवता्गं ┪नग््य यहेगी धनुरासनंतत ्॥१८

pras;rya p;dau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau karau ca pṛṣṭhe dhṛtap;dayugmam kṛtv; dhanustulyavivartit;ṅgaṃ nigaddya yogī dhanur;sanaṃ tat ॥

Spreading the legs on the ground, straight like a stick, and catching hold of qthe toes of r the feet with the hands, and making the body bend like a bow, is called by the Yogis the 3hanurasana or 1ow-posture.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira

नहे्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयहेः क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रहेèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषहेüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरहेषुगहे्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं महेषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहे्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad

उलटा महेぢड पाव दहेउ वहेसमे बहुरहे जुग┪त करेइक अहेसमे पावन मां┨हला गुलफुजुहेउ कु ला पाष┪त लावहेसेउ ॥२२२ ちपि्ट पगथ्यां की पु┪न जहेई हाथा सहे महेडहेवह सहेई ताकहे जंघ ┪नकहे ट ぞलयवहे तासं ┪तनकी ちपि्ट ्लगावहे॥२२३ अंगुरी दहेय पग की जहेई महेढुऊपरी आनहेसहेई हाथ दहेउ गहेडा प┧रराषहे ┨रि्ट ┩रकु टी म्य दाषहे॥२२४ पहेन सरल यासं वहहेसंっधवाय ぞम┨ट जाय रिüथ जुरान अपान की या सं तुरत नसाय ॥२२५

ulaṭ; moḍi p;va dou vaise bahurau jugati karai ika aaise p;vana m;ṃhil; gulaphu ju hou kul; p;ṣati l;vai sou ॥<<< piṣṭi pagathaly;ṃ kī puni joī h;th; sau moḍe vaha soī t;ko jaṃgha nikaiṭa liyavai t;soṃ tinakī piṣṭi llag;vai ॥<<= aṃgurī doya paga kī joī meḍhu ūparī ;nai soī h;tha dou goḍ; parir;ṣai driṣṭi trikuṭī madhya d;ṣai॥<<> pauna sarala y;soṃ vahai saṃdhiv;ya miṭi j;ya granthi ju pr;na ap;na kī y; sauṃ turata nas;ya ॥<<?

5old both the legs towards backside in such a manner that heels are touching the sides of respective hips. Turn the soles upward with hands. Toes of both the feet should be kept on reproductive organs. Place hands on knees and gaze between eyebrows.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

6O78 0S0N0 ;:;.

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse ;:>

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. 5rom knees, place forearms on ground, fingers interlocked, elbows shoulder width apart. <. Place top of head on the ground, holding back of head with hands. =. Walk toes forward until hips align with shoulders. >. Lift the feet up, keeping the knees bent together against the chest and touching the chin. ?. 6aze to the nose.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

6O78 0S0N0 :pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण 9ogapradipyaka of 9ayatarama ;A:-;A=

दへउ हाथ की कहुणी जへई पु┪नह कलाई जाणめदへई ちपि्ट अंगुरया की पुन जानほ ए सब लめभूऊपर ठानほ ॥१७० उभもकलाई जुडवा राषも ┪तन प┧र आ┪न सीस पर दाषめ या ちवっध आसन करめकपारी नासा ┨दििट रहめっथर धा┧र॥१७१ पींडी जंघ ぞमलावめदへई यめडी कू लां राषもभへई गへडा っचबुक अरめलगावめ आसन गへही नाम कहावめ॥१७२ ぞसर नめर दूषもकसもतथा वा्हणी हへय पहर यめक आसन सधめलहもसमाっधदी सへय ॥१७३

dou h;tha kī kahuṇī joī puniha kal;ī j;ṇe doī piṣṭi aṃguray; kī puna j;nau e saba le bhū ūpara ṭh;nau ॥;A: ubhai kal;ī juḍav; r;ṣai tina pari ;ni sīsa para d;ṣe y; vidhi ;sana kare kap;rī n;s; diṣṭi rahe thira dh;ri॥;A; pīṃḍī jaṃgha mil;ve doī yeḍī kūl;ṃ r;ṣai bhoī goḍ; cibuka agre lag;ve ;sana gohī n;ma kah;ve ॥;A< sira netra dūṣai kasai tath; v;mhaṇī hoya pahara yeka ;sana sadhe lahai sam;dhidī soya ॥;A=

Place both the hands with elbows, wrist and fingers together on the ground. On the wrists place the head. The gaze should be stable at the tip of the nose. 1ring together the calf and thighs and put the heels on the buttocks. The knees should touch the tip of the chin.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

Sahaja Kumbhaka Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira Verse ;:>

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

;. 5rom knees, place forearms on ground, fingers interlocked, elbows shoulder width apart. <. Place top of head on the ground, holding back of head with hands. =. Walk toes forward until hips align with shoulders. >. Lift the feet up and stack hips on top of shoulders, knees on top of hips, and ankles on top of knees. ?. 6aze to the nose.

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

:pta Pram;ṇa - आ्त रमाण Nathamuni's Yoga Rahasya ;. ?=-?>, <. ;=, ;B

ちवपरीतं म्डलं च ्ちवधमोव ちव┨दतं ┨ह नः । द्डासनं ्ちवधा रへèतं ちवपरीतहेपवमेशनमे॥ सवाव्गशीषवभागा्तुष्षि्टः रっथता्तुतमे ।

viparītaṃ maṇḍalaṃ ca dvidhaiva viditaṃ hi naḥ । daṇḍ;sanaṃ dvidh; proktaṃ viparītopaveśane ॥ sarv;ṅgaśīrṣabh;g;stu ṣaṭṣaṣṭiḥ prathit;stu te ।

Then there are two types of inverted mandalas qarrangementsr-Sirsasana and Sarvangasana. 3andasana is also of two types inverted qviparita dandasanar and seated qdandasanar. 8t has been proclaimed that there are sixty six variations of Sarvangasana and sirsasana.

S07090 KUM170K0 :pta Pramana - आ्त रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhati of Raghuvira ;:>

नへ्य ्;म ्-;रṃ सम ्;क्ṛṣय कुṇḍअलय ्;ḥ प ्;र्śवयへḥ क्ṣइपめत ्ग्चत ्; ┪तṣṭहत ्; śवस-ध ्;रṇअṃ न बल ्;्-य्; अ┪नśअṃ सहजḥ कु ्भḥ रへèतḥ ś┧र-क्ṛちतव ्;सस ्;

nobhy;m-;raṃ sam;kṛṣya kuṇḍalay;ḥ p;rśvayoḥ Kṣipet gacchat; tiṣṭhat; śvasadh;raṇaṃ na bal;d-yad; aniśaṃ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttiv;sas;

8nhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is sahaja-kumbhaka narrated by Sri-Krttivasa qShivar

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यめऽüतबाव्यायां ृ््औ ┪नमめषへüमめषविजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भव┪त । सववतüरめषुगへ्या महाちव्या भव┪त । त्ञानめन संसार┪नवृちतः । त्पूजनं मへषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयめ् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चへ्वंसमाया┪त समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान ्औ नाüद┩बüदूमूलबüधめन च ्ऐकताम ्। ग्वा यへग्य संぞस्っध ंय्छतへ नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

1hastrika Kumbhaka Yoga Sikhopanishad C@-;::

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

90P0

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMoham

Visualize Swamiji, The SP7

MU3R0

Śambhavi Mudra Mandala 1rahmana-Upanishad =. ?

;. Sit with hands behind calves and stretch the legs up. <. 1ring forehead to the knees and come to a vertical position with legs.

दへउ हाथ पग बाहर आनमो गहेडा तरमोकांकसी ठानमो अंगु्ठ चिप ंडली लगता धरमो चरण उभमोआकास हेदजोस करमो॥१२० चिपि्ट सकूला धरती लावमो उदर संकहोचि ऊधवठहरावमो गहेडा सीस हेभथंभन करमो इह चिवध फहे्या आसन धरमो॥१२१ दमोह चिवसाली ना रहमेरहेतरहेतिचिपती पुचिना जाय फुंसी गुंमरहे आहेद जमोनमोना रहोगा नसाय ॥ १७२

dou h;tha paga b;hara ;nai goḍ; tarai k;ṃkasī ṭh;nai aṃguṣṭha piṃḍalī lagat; dharai caraṇa ubhai ;k;sa disi karai॥;<: piṣṭi sakūl; dharatī l;vai udara saṃkoci ūrdha ṭhahar;vai goḍ; sīsa bhithaṃbhana karai iha vidhi phody; ;sana dharai॥;<; deha vis;lī n; rahe raktapitī puni j;ya

phuṃsī guṃmari ;di je n;n; roga nas;ya ॥;A<

Sit with legs extended on ground. Slowly raise legs upward by catching hold of calves with two hands. 1y contracting the abdomen, raise the head up towards the knees.

170STR8K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad C@ - ;::

ェ्त]नयहेरथ भ्रमेव लहेहकार्य वमेगतः ॥ ९६ ॥ रमेचयमेत ्पूरयमे्वायुमारमं दमोहगं चिधया । यथा रमो भवमेदमोहमेतथा सूय्रेण पूरयमेत ्॥ ९७ ॥ क्ठसंकहोचनं कृ चित्वा पुन0चचुरमेण रमेचयमेत ्। वातचिपित0लमेहहरं शरीराि्नचिचवधवनम ्॥ ९८ ॥ कु ्डलीबमोधकं ववेरदहेष्न शुभदं सुखम ्। र्मनाडहीमुखमुतः्थकफा्यगवलनाशनम ्॥ ९९ ॥ स्य्बमोधसमु्हूतंरहिüथरयचिचभमेदकम ्। चिवशमेषेण वैव कतव्यं भ्रा्यं कु ्भकं हि्वदम ्॥ १०० ॥

stanayoratha bhastreva lohak;rasya vegataḥ ॥ C@ ॥ recayet pūrayedv;yum;śramaṃ dehagaṃ dhiy; | yath; śramo bhaveddehe tath; sūryeṇa pūrayet ॥ CA ॥ kaṇṭhasaṃkocanaṃ kṛtv; punaścandreṇa recayet | V;tapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīr;gnivivardhanam ॥ CB ॥ kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vaktradoṣaghna śubhadaṃ sukham | 1rahman;ḍīmukh;ntaḥsthakaph;dyargalan ;śanam ॥ CC ॥ samyagbandhasamudbhūtaṃ granthitrayavibhedakam| viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastr;khyaṃ Kumbhakaṃ tvidam ॥

qThe practitionerr should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill qitr in qlikewiser, till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmithゥs pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar qNadir and after constricting the throat, should expel qitr again through the Lunar qNadir. qThis Kumbhakar removes qthe excess ofr the mind, bile and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundali, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the 1rahma-nadl and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practicing the 1andhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the 1hastra and should be specially practised.

Ś0M170V8 MU3R0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Mandala 1rahmanopanishad =.?

ल्यमेऽतबाव्यायां ृ््औ हेनममेषहेउममेषचिजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवहेत । सववतुरमेषुगहे्या महाचिव्या भवहेत । त्ञानमेन संसारहेनवृचितः । त्पूजनं ममेहषफलदम ्॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarb;hy;y;ṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjit;y;ṃ ca iyaṃ ś;ṃbhavī mudr; bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopy; mah;vidy; bhavati | tajjñ;nena saṃs;ranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mah;-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

MUL0 10N370 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पा््यावतुसंपी्य वायुमाकु ्चयमे् बलात ्। वारं वारं यथा चहेवंसमायाहेत समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नाüदहेजिबüदूमूलबüधमेन च ैऐकताम ्। ग्वा यहेग्य संजोस्त्धि हंय्छतहे नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ p;rṣṇy; tu saṃpīḍya v;yum;kuñcayed bal;t | v;raṃ v;raṃ yath; cordhvaṃ sam;y;ti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ pr;ṇ;p;nau n;ndabindū mūlabandhena caikat;m | gatv; Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato n;tra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

P0R8670S0N0 ;:>.

1hastrika Kumbhaka Yoga Sikhopanishad C@-;::

Mula 1andha Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:>-;:?

90P0

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMoham

;. Sit and extend legs out and up at >? degree angle. <. 1ring hands behind and hold opposite shoulders. =. Keep chest upright, legs straight, toes pointed. >. 7old the breath and gaze to third eye.

Visualize Yourself 0s a Mace

60Z4

MU3R0

उतानं शयनं कृ चित्वा पादहे जोमजोल्वा रसायव हेनतंबं भूमहे हेपृ्हत्या हस्तायां कउधरा ब्वा कुं भकं कृ चित्वा हेतिटमेत हेपरिघासन भवहेत ॥२॥

utt;naṃ śayanaṃ kṛtv; p;dau militv; pras;rya nitaṃbaṃ bhūmau spṛṣṭy; hast;bhyāṃ kandhar; badhv; kuṃbhakaṃ kṛtv; tiṣṭet parigh;sana bhavati ॥<॥

Lying supine extend both the feet united together and touching the ground with buttocks catch firmly the shoulder with two hands and remain with kumbhaka performed. This is called Parighasana.

170STR8K0 KUM170K0 Ś;stra Pram;ṇa - शा्र रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad C@ - ;::

ए्त]नयहे रथ भ्रमेव लहेकार्य वमेगतः ॥ ९६ ॥ रमेचयमेत् पूरयमेद्वायुमारमं दमेहगं धधया । यथा रमे भवेद्देहे तथा सूयेण पूरयमेत् ॥ ९७ ॥ क्ठसंकहेचनं कृत्वा पुनश्चंद्रेण रमेचयमेत् । वातपित्तश्लेष्महरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ९८ ॥ कुण्डलीबोधकं वक्त्रदोषघ्नं शुभदं सुखम् । र्मनाडीमुखांतः्थकफायर्गलनाशनम् ॥ ९९ ॥ स्य्बंधसमु्भूतंरिथरयचिभमेदकम् । चिशमेषण ्ऐव कतव्यं भ्रा्यं कुभकं चिवदम् ॥ १०० ॥

stanayoratha bhastreva lohakārasya vegataḥ ॥ C@ ॥ recayet pūrayedvāyumāśramaṃ dehagāṃ dhiyā | yathā śramo bhaveddehe tathā sūryeṇa pūrayet ॥ CA ॥ kaṇṭhasaṃkocanaṃ kṛtvā punaścandreṇa recayet | Vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ॥ CB ॥ kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vaktradoṣaghnaṃ śubhadaṃ sukham | 1rahmaṇāḍīmukhāntaḥsthakaphādyargalanaśanam ॥ CC ॥ samyagbandhasamudbhūtaṃ granthitrayavibhedakam| viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ Kumbhakaṃ tvidam ॥

qThe practitioner should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill qitr in qlikewiser, till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmithゥs pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar qNadir and after constricting the throat, should expel qitr again through the Lunar qNadir. qThis Kumbhakar removes qthe excess ofr the mind, bile and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundali, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the 1rahma-nadl and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practicing the 1andhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the 1hastra and should be specially practised.

श्रम मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

शांभवी मुद्रा

ल्यमेऽंतुबाव्यायां दृष्ट्औ नममेषोन्मेषविचजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवचत । सववतुरेमेषुगुह्या महाचिभ्या भवचत । त्ञानमेन संसारचनवृतचिः । त्पूजनं मेक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

मूल मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पाष्र्यावतुसंपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नांदबिंदूमूलबंधेन चैकताम् । ग्वा योग्य संज़ोस्द्धिंयच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

उतानशयनं कूपवरायां भूजोममवट्यह्तौ नतिंबं नचिाय चिशरः ऊरु जंघापादान दंडवत धरायमेत् नौकासनमं भवचत

uttānaśayanaṃ kūrparābhyāṃ bhūmimavaṣṭabhyahastau nitaṃbaṃ nidhāya śiraḥ ūru jaṃghāpādān daṃḍavat dhārayet naukāsanamama bhavati

Lying supine hold the ground with the elbows and keep the two hands on the hips. Then keep up the head, the thigh, the shank and the feet like a stick. This is called Naukasana.

ए्त]नयहे रथ भ्रमेव लहेकार्य वमेगतः ॥ ९६ ॥ रमेचयमेत् पूरयमेद्वायुमारमं दमेहगं धधया । यथा रमे भवेद्देहे तथा सूयेण पूरयमेत् ॥ ९७ ॥ क्ठसंकहेचनं कृत्वा पुनश्चंद्रेण रमेचयमेत् । वातपित्तश्लेष्महरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ९८ ॥ कुण्डलीबोधकं वक्त्रदोषघ्नं शुभदं सुखम् । र्मनाडीमुखांतः्थकफायर्गलनाशनम् ॥ ९९ ॥ स्य्बंधसमु्भूतंरिथरयचिभमेदकम् । चिशमेषण ्ऐव कतव्यं भ्रा्यं कुभकं चिवदम् ॥ १०० ॥

stanayoratha bhastreva lohakārasya vegataḥ ॥ C@ ॥ recayet pūrayedvāyumāśramaṃ dehagāṃ dhiyā | yathā śramo bhaveddehe tathā sūryeṇa pūrayet ॥ CA ॥ kaṇṭhasaṃkocanaṃ kṛtvā punaścandreṇa recayet | Vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ॥ CB ॥ kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vaktradoṣaghnaṃ śubhadaṃ sukham | 1rahmaṇāḍīmukhāntaḥsthakaphādyargalanaśanam ॥ CC ॥ samyagbandhasamudbhūtaṃ granthitrayavibhedakam| viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ Kumbhakaṃ tvidam ॥

qThe practitioner should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill qitr in qlikewiser, till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmithゥs pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar qNadir and after constricting the throat, should expel qitr again through the Lunar qNadir. qThis Kumbhakar removes qthe excess ofr the mind, bile and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundali, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the 1rahma-nadl and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practicing the 1andhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the 1hastra and should be specially practised.

श्रम मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

शांभवी मुद्रा

ल्यमेऽंतुबाव्यायां दृष्ट्औ नममेषोन्मेषविचजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवचत । सववतुरेमेषुगुह्या महाचिभ्या भवचत । त्ञानमेन संसारचनवृतचिः । त्पूजनं मेक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

मूल मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पाष्र्यावतुसंपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नांदबिंदूमूलबंधेन चैकताम् । ग्वा योग्य संज़ोस्द्धिंयच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

पगथली संपुट करे हाथ्यौ पग उचाई पगाका अंगुठा दाउ लाऊ परली कानी तालवै पछा दौ हाथ पगामाहा करे नीचे करे चीरै आषिणी पगाकी आंगल्या पर कांकंसी दृषि नासा अग्र आसन कौगुण ऊद्र विषै कही भाति कौ रोग होइ यदि यहु आसन कही आगे सावै जआवरजाई गारोगपीड़ा होइतौ यहु आसन करे मूलद्वार टेकी धरति जसौबैसै जैरोगन होइ तौ सुडछा आसन करी बौ करै

pagathalī saṃpuṭa kari hāthyau paga ucāī pagākā aṃguṭhā dau leū paralī kānī tālavai pachai dau hātha pagāmāhe kari nīcai kari cīrai āṣiṇī pagākī āgalyā para kāṃkaṃsī dṛṣṭi nāsā agra āsana kauguna ūdra biṣai kahī bhāti kau roga hoi yadi yahu āsana kahī āge sāvai jaiavarajāī gārogapīḍā hoitau yahu āsana kari mūladvāra ṭeki dharati jsyaubaisai jairogana hoi tau suḍachā āsana karī bau karai

Sit on ground. 2atch hold of respective feet by inserting hands below the pair of heels. Pull the heels towards chest. 4yes remain fixed at the tip of nose.

ए्त]नयहे रथ भ्रमेव लहेकार्य वमेगतः ॥ ९६ ॥ रमेचयमेत् पूरयमेद्वायुमारमं दमेहगं धधया । यथा रमे भवेद्देहे तथा सूयेण पूरयमेत् ॥ ९७ ॥ क्ठसंकहेचनं कृत्वा पुनश्चंद्रेण रमेचयमेत् । वातपित्तश्लेष्महरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ९८ ॥ कुण्डलीबोधकं वक्त्रदोषघ्नं शुभदं सुखम् । र्मनाडीमुखांतः्थकफायर्गलनाशनम् ॥ ९९ ॥ स्य्बंधसमु्भूतंरिथरयचिभमेदकम् । चिशमेषण ्ऐव कतव्यं भ्रा्यं कुभकं चिवदम् ॥ १०० ॥

stanayoratha bhastreva lohakārasya vegataḥ ॥ C@ ॥ recayet pūrayedvāyumāśramaṃ dehagāṃ dhiyā | yathā śramo bhaveddehe tathā sūryeṇa pūrayet ॥ CA ॥ kaṇṭhasaṃkocanaṃ kṛtvā punaścandreṇa recayet | Vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ॥ CB ॥ kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vaktradoṣaghnaṃ śubhadaṃ sukham | 1rahmaṇāḍīmukhāntaḥsthakaphādyargalanaśanam ॥ CC ॥ samyagbandhasamudbhūtaṃ granthitrayavibhedakam| viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ Kumbhakaṃ tvidam ॥

qThe practitioner should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill qitr in qlikewiser, till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmithゥs pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar qNadir and after constricting the throat, should expel qitr again through the Lunar qNadir. qThis Kumbhakar removes qthe excess ofr the mind, bile and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundali, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the 1rahma-nadl and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practicing the 1andhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the 1hastra and should be specially practised.

श्रम मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala Brahmanopanishad =.?

शांभवी मुद्रा

ल्यमेऽंतुबाव्यायां दृष्ट्औ नममेषोन्मेषविचजवतायां च इयं शांभवी मुरा भवचत । सववतुरेमेषुगुह्या महाचिभ्या भवचत । त्ञानमेन संसारचनवृतचिः । त्पूजनं मेक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam ॥ ? ॥

5ixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Śambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya qthe great ultimate source knowledger is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.1y its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

मूल मुद्रा शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sikhopanishad ;:> - ;:?

गुदं पाष्र्यावतुसंपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेत् बलात् । वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वंसमायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ राणापान औ नांदबिंदूमूलबंधेन चैकताम् । ग्वा योग्य संज़ोस्द्धिंयच्छतो नार संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ॥ ;:> ॥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ॥ ;:? ॥

सहज कुम्भक कुम्भक पद्धचि राघुवीर श्लोक ;:>

पूरकांतुतुकतव्यो बंधो जालंधराजोभिधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कंठसंकोचरूपेऽसौ वायुमार्गविनिरोधकः । क्ठमाकुंच्य हृदये स्थापयेत् दृढजोच्छया ॥ ११० ॥ बंधो जालंधरा्ययममृता्यायकारकः । अध्तात कुंचनमेनाशुक्ठसंकचनमेकृतमे॥ १११ ॥ म्यमेपिश्चमताणमेन स्यात् प्राणो र्मनाडीडगः । कुंड्या रिथरयचिभमेदनेन नचिववकपकराचिः वरासनचथतहे यागी चालचिवा तुकुंडलीम ॥ ११२ ॥

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālaṃdharābhidhaḥ ॥ ;:C॥ kaṃṭhasaṃkocarūpo'sau vāyumārganirodhakaḥ | kaṇṭhamākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayed dṛḍhamicchayā ॥ ;;:॥ bandho jālaṃdharākhyo'yamamṛtāpyāyakārakaḥ | adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte ॥ ;;; ॥ madhye paścimatāṇena syāt prāṇo brahmaṇāḍigaḥ | kuṇḍalyā granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakaprāptiḥ vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm ॥ ;;< ॥

The bandha known as Jālandhara should be performed at the close of the Pūraka (in-filling the vital air). This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. After constricting the throat, he should establish (the vital air) firmly in the bosom. This is known as the Jālandhara bandha, which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by (performing) Paścimatāna in the middle, the Prāna (vital air) will reach the Brahma-nādi.

Visualize the Body is Dead and THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is Liberating You

1. Lay down on back with palms facing upwards.
2. Completely unclutch from any micro-movements of the body and the mind.
3. Let the body remain ‘dead’.

अथ शवासनम ् उतानं शववद् भूमौ शयनंतु शवासनम ् ॥ शवासनं श्रान्तहरं चित्तविश्रान्तिकारकम ् ॥ १८॥

atha śavāsanam uttānaṁ śavavad bhūmau śayanaṁ tu śavāsanam ॥ śavāsanaṁ śrāntiharaṁ cittaviśrāntikārakam ॥

One lies supine on the ground (motionless) like a dead body. This is savasana, which removes physical fatigue and gives rest to the mind.

अथ शक्तिचालनमुद्रा । आधारकमले सुप्तांचालयत्कुण्डलीं दृढाम् । अपानवायुमारुह्य बलादाकृष्य बुद्धिमान ्। शक्तिचालनमुद्रेयं सर्वशक्तिप्रदायिनी ॥ ५३॥

atha śakticālanamudrā | ādhārakamale suptāṁcālayetkuṇḍalīṁ dṛḍhām | apānavāyumāruhya balādākṛṣya buddhimān | śakticālanamudreyaṁ sarvaśaktipradāyinī ||

Let the wise Yogi forcibly and firmly draw up the Goddess Kundali sleeping in the adhar lotus, by means of the apana vayu. This is Shakti Chalan Mudra, the giver of all powers.

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Sit in a posture that brings ease to your physical and mental space.

पर्यङ्कं तत्समाख्यातं यथासंस्थं यथास्थितिः ।

paryaṅkaṁ tatsamākhyātaṁ yathāsaṁsthaṁ yathāsthitiḥ |

A posture convenient to the ease of one's own physical and mental state is known as yathasanistha (i.e sukhasana)

नाभाव पूर्य वायुश् चेद् देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

तर्जन्यङ्गुष्ठसंयोगाद् अग्रतो बिन्दु मुद्रिका

tarjanyaṁguṣṭhasaṁyogād agrato bindu mudrikā

The index finger and thumb tips joint together

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् | वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम् | गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṁ pārṣṇyā tu saṁpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṁ vāraṁ yathā cordhvaṁ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ || 104 || prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṁsiddhiṁ yacchato nātra saṁśayaḥ || 105 ||

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Sit cross-legged.
2. Hands on knees with thumbs & index touching.
3. Take a long deep inhalation and hold.
4. Then take prolonged inhalations and exhalations.

इदानीं गर्भिणीनां योगाभ्यासो यथा लघू सुखप्रसवलाभाय प्रोच्यते प्राक्तने पथि ॥ दण्डपद्मभरद्वाजवीर वज्रासमानी तु आसनानि सदा कुर्यात् सुदीर्घधैः रेचपूरकैः ॥

idānīṁ garbhiṇīnāṁ yogābhyāso yathā laghu sukhaprasavalābhāya procyate prāktane pathi || daṇḍapadmabharadvājavīr avajrasamāni tu āsanāni sadā kuryāt sudīghadhaiḥ recapūrakaiḥ ||

It is a simple cross-legged position wherein one sits on ground by keeping the body straight. One is supposed to practice prolonged recaka and puraka.

नाभाव पूर्य वायुश् चेद् देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

तर्जन्यङ्गुष्ठसंयोगाद् अग्रतो बिन्दु मुद्रिका

tarjanyaṁguṣṭhasaṁyogād agrato bindu mudrikā

The index finger and thumb tips joint together

gudaṁ pārṣṇyā tu saṁpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṁ vāraṁ yathā cordhvaṁ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ || 104 || prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṁsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṁśayaḥ || 105 ||

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Place the left foot against the genital region.
2. Place right foot overtop of left.
3. Hands facing downwards on top of knees.
4. Gaze to nose.

निपीड्य सीविनीं सूक्ष्मां दक्षिणेतरगुल्फतः ॥ ८ ॥ वामं याम्येन गुल्फेन मुक्तासनमिदं भवेत् । मेढ्रादुपरि निक्षिप्य सव्यं गुल्फं ततोपरि ॥ ९ ॥ गुल्फान्तरं च संक्षिप्य मुक्तासनमिदं मुने ।

nipīḍya sīvinīṁ sūkṣmāṁ dakṣiṇetaragulphataḥ || 8 || vāmaṁ yāmyena gulphena muktāsanamidaṁ bhavet | meḍhrādupari nikṣipya savyaṁ gulphaṁ tatopari || 9 || gulphāntaraṁ ca saṁkṣipya muktāsanamidaṁ mune |

Pressing the right side of the frenum of the prepuce with the left ankle and the left side of the frenum with the right ankle, this becomes the Muktasana; or placing the left ankle over the genitals and the right ankle over that, this, O sage' is the Muktasana.

नाभाव पूर्य वायुश् चेद् देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

अन्तरिास्यम् बाहिर्दस्तिर्निमेषोन्मेषवजिता | एषा सा वल्सनवी मुद्रा सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोपिता || १४ ||

antarikṣyām bahirdṛṣṭirnimeṣonmeṣavarjitā | eṣā sa vaiṣṇavī mudrā sarvatantreṣu gopitā || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुंचयेद् बलात् | वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥ १०४ ॥ प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम् | गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥ १०५ ॥

gudaṁ pārṣṇyā tu saṁpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṁ vāraṁ yathā cordhvaṁ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ || 104 || prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṁsiddhiṁ yacchato nātra saṁśayaḥ || 105 ||

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Maintain the same position as Muktasana.
2. Switch gaze to third eye.

स्थाणुः संयमितेन्द्रियोऽचलदृशा पश्यन् भ्रुवोरन्तरं चैतन्मोक्ष कपाट भेदजनकं सिद्धासनं प्रोच्यते ॥२५॥ मतान्तरे तु मेढ्रादुपरि निःक्षिप्य सव्यं गुल्फं तथोपरि गुल्फान्तं तु निःक्षिप्य सिद्धाः सिद्धासनं विदुः ॥२६॥ एतत्सिद्धासनं प्राहुरन्ये वज्रासनं विदुः मुक्तासनं वदन्त्यन्ये प्राहुर्गुप्तासनं परे ॥ २७॥ ब्रह्मचारी मिताहारी त्यागी योगपरायणः अब्दादूर्ध्व भवेत्सिद्धो नात्र कार्या विचारणा ॥ २८॥

sthāṇuḥ saṁyamitendriyo'caladṛśā paśyan bhruvorantaraṁ caitanmokṣakapāṭa bhedajanakaṁ siddhāsanaṁ procyate ||25|| matāntare tu meḍhrādupari niḥkṣipya savyaṁ gulphaṁ tathopari gulphāntaṁ tu niḥkṣipya siddhāḥ siddhāsanaṁ viduḥ ||26|| etatsiddhāsanaṁ prāhuranye vajrāsanaṁ viduḥ muktāsanaṁ vadantyanye prāhurguptāsanaṁ pare || 27|| brahmacārī mitāhārī tyāgī yogaparāyaṇaḥ abdādūrdhva bhavetsiddho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā || 28||

One should press the heel firmly against the perineum and place the other foot over the genitals. He should remain straight and steady, control the senses, and keep the gaze fixed between the eyebrows. This is siddhasana, which opens the door to liberation (moksa). 25 One places the left ankle over the genital and the other ankle over the first one. According to the siddhas, this is siddhasana. 26

This same siddhasana is variously known as vajrasana, muktasana and guptasana by others. 27 There is no doubt that one, who observes celibacy, consumes moderate food, is detached (to worldly objects) and devoted to yoga, attains success after one year. 28

नाभाव पूर्य वायुश् चेद् देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शाम्भवी मुद्रा भवति | सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति | तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः | तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṁ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṁ ca iyaṁ śāṁbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṁsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṁ mokṣaphaladam || 5 ||

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṁ pārṣṇyā tu saṁpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṁ vāraṁ yathā cordhvaṁ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ || 104 || prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṁsiddhiṁ yacchato nātra saṁśayaḥ || 105 ||

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Maintain the same position as Siddhasana.
2. Switch gaze to the ground in front.
3. Engage all three bandhas.

वामा पादा कीएडी जानो सीवनिमाधि तासा कौं ठानौ ॥ दचि पादा की एडी जोई मेडुमाधि लागावै सोई ॥१०१॥ गोडा दोऊ हस्ता जु धरै भूमै दृष्टि देह समा करै ॥ सिधासन याहा नामा कहावै याका गुणा की कहता ना आवै ॥१०२॥ सहस्त्रबाहतरी नाडी जे माला तजी निर्मला होय ॥ तीना बंघा सहजै फुरई लहाई उनामनी सोया ॥१०३॥

vāmā pādā kīeḍī jāno sīvanimādhi tāsā kauṁ ṭhānau || dachi pādā kī eḍī joī meḍhumādhi lagāvai soī ||101|| goḍā doū hastā ju dharai bhūmai dṛṣṭi deha samā karai || sidhāsana yāhā nāmā kahāvai yākā guṇā kī kahata nā āvai ||102|| sahastrabāhatarī nāḍī je mālā tajī nirmalā hoya || tīnā baṃghā sahajai phuraī lahāī unāmanī soyā ||103||

Engaging the three bandhas, sit on floor. Bend left leg and press its heel against anus (perineum) and generative organ with right heel. Keep a straight posture. Both hands are placed on respective knees. Eyes are fixed at the ground.

नाभाव पूर्य वायुश् चेद् देहे व्याप्य विधारितः कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

लक्ष्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टौ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शाम्भवी मुद्रा भवति | सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति | तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः | तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम ॥ ५ ॥

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṁ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṁ ca iyaṁ śāṁbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṁsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṁ mokṣaphaladam || 5 ||

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

śodhanaṃ malajālānāṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hasyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanāśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate

The cleansing (with the Pranayama) of the heaps of impurities (in the Nadis), the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas (Vaata, Pitta and Kapha), is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

vāma caranapari dachina rākhai eka jugati asāvidhi dākhai |

vāma pagathale māhile kora dachina keju bāharale vora ||

aise dou deta milā gooā rākhai āoevāe eoe mūladvāratari devai gooā upari hasta jo leve ||

Place right foot on left in such a way that the outer part of right foot should come on the inner part of the left foot and heels be placed below the anus. Place both the hands on respective knees. Gaze between the eyebrows.

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

tarjanyaṃguṣṭhasaṃyogāg agrato bindu mudrikā

AKASHIC REVELATION The index finger and

thumb tips joint together

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

asaca kau guea-mana ke calcalatá mécal

Sit on floor with legs extended. Bend the left leg, and place its heel at the genital. Now place right foot over left. Place hands on respective knees with palms upturned.

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati |

tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

Mudra Samputham Mudra Mudra Vidhanam Verse 7.2

rjukāyaḥ samasinah siddhasanamudiritam prasarya bhuvi padau tu dorbhyamangusthamadarat ||

Pressing the secret parts with the left (foot), placing the right (foot) over the secret parts and sitting with the body erect, (this) is said to be the Siddhasana.

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

saṃpuṭaṃ padmakoṇābho karau anyonya saṃhatau

The two hands are kept in close connection, just as two shallow plates are kept facing each other with their rims touching, resembling the edges of a lotus form samputha mudra.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Shanmukhi Mudra Pranayama Yoga Cudamany Upanishad 114 - 115 Shanmukhi

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

Mudra Shanmukhi Mudra Yoga Cudamany Upanishad Verse 114 - 115

yatra madhye mahādeva banddhayonyāsane śru yat kṛtvā khecaro bhūtvā vicaredīśvaro yathā kṛtvā yonyāsanaṃ nātha liṅguhyādibandhanam mukhanāsānetraka kiniṣṭhābhyāmanāmābhyām ca nāsike madhyamābhyāṃ netrayugmaṃ

tarjanībhayāṃ paraiḥ śrutī

svastikāsanamāsthāya samāhitamanāstathā apānamūrdhvamutthāpya praṇavena śanaiḥ śanaiḥ | hastābhyāṃ dhārayet samyak karaṇādikaraṇāni ca

aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ mune śrotre tarjanībhyāṃ tu cakṣuṣī | nāsāpuṭāvasthānyābhyāṃ pracchādya karaṇāni vai ānandāvirbhavo yāvat tāvanmūrdhani dhārayet | prāṇaḥ prayātyanenaiva brahmarandhraṃ mahāmune brahmarandhraṃ gate vāyau nādaścotpadyate'nagha | śaṅkhadhvaninibhaścādau madhye meghadhvaniryathā śiromadhyagate vāyau giriprasravaṇaṃ yathā | paścāt prīto mahāprājña sākṣādātmonmukho bhavet punastajjñānaniṣpattiryogāt saṃsāranihnutiḥ | dakṣiṇottaragulphena sīvinīṃ

pīḍayet sthirām

Karanas (senses) with his hands, O sage' closing the senses of the two ears with his thumbs, the two eye with the fore-fingers, and the two nostrils with the other fingers, and retain (the forced up Apana) in the head, till the manifestation of Bliss; by this act also, O great sage! Prana (air) enters the crevice of the Brahman (Brahma-randhra). Having assumed the Svastika posture and brought the mind well under control, forcing upwards the Apana little by little, (all the while) muttering the Pranava, (the Yogin) should hold the ear and other

| 悔laȓ | 凱liaΉl怀 | 絵liȓ凱al | |---------------|---------|---------------|------------------------| | 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai | | rrl絵i梶 | | | 街liȓ
街liȓ | Ήrl | 戒獲i街l | ialΉla絵
iaaili
鰍 | | 割ri
鰍 | | | | | 闌lll凱lUii | | Uliaariai | airri oU | | 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 | | | | | 悔r街l | Ή獲悔lΉ | iȓail | Ήri絵獲 | | Uli | iȓiΉi | 鰍
割ri
鰍 | | | | | | |

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

118.

ekam pādamathaikasmin vinyasyoruņi samsthitab itarasmimstatha corum virasanamudiritam

Placing one foot over one thigh and the other thigh over the other foot similarly sitting, thus is what is known as Virasana.

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati |

tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

119.

Great Sage, Poet, and Author of Ramayaman

l街l 凱悔㔐r 凱悔rra 凱laU 会a iU改獲Ή | ollȓ iaia aoi aail ral r悔l街o i獲Ή || ra褐 || aai 凱la 㔐r 会a 改獲i rli Ura r悔l街U i獲i | 牙銓悔l鷁 悔獲lȓ r悔絵l il怪o凱lUi 凱悔rra i絵ial怪U || rir || ilr 蛾iU悔獲lȓ ioiia鷁 ai㔐loa alia | i獲 改獲 i獲街U凱悔aUaUi獲 aiU iio改lUlia || ri割 ||

ḍāvā pagakī pagathalī puni eḍī hai joya | phaṇāṃ disī meḍhra dachiṇa āṇi lagāve soya || dachi pāda kī eḍī joī bāī nalī lagāvai soī | aṅguṣṭa goḍāṃ lagatā rākhe punaha pagathalī dharat dākhai || hātha ubhai goḍāṃ dhare driṣṭi trikuṭī māhī | so jo hovai paganimai so china rahe ju nāhī ||

While sitting on ground, place left heel on right side of the generative organ and toes under the thigh. Similarly, arrange right heel on left side in such a way that the toes come close to left knee. Place hands on knees and fix the gaze between two eyebrows.

Ulil街l凱iΉ怀 街lΉlii-戒oai-aoio 鵯liΉ a街 lli絵i 㔐laai絵o 鋏街rUȓ iΉlΉo絵i ialUlΉ 絵l㔐lai㔐i

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

arial : alil 絵改怀iΉȓ悔l鶸iȓΉ獲悔l悔閇絵獲 arial alii㔐l 鰍

tarjanyaṃguṣṭhasaṃyogāgagr ato bindu mudrikā 鰍

The index finger and thumb tip joint together.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

凱l街 改la獲ia

| 鰍 牙r 改獲aUalil riU 鰍 rla 凱la 㔐r 凱悔rra 梶 改lai aliaira 㔐獲li 梶 改獲aU 絵ilȓ li 街UaiΉo梶 蛾ro獲 凱l街 改la獲li 鰍 割ri 鰍 梶梶牙r 改獲aUaliliUl梶梶 街la 凱la 㔐o凱悔海lra, 改lai alaira 㔐獲ia 改獲aU 絵il lli 街UaiΉo, 蛾rli

| 鰍 atha jonimudrā āsana 鰍 bāma pāda kī pagathalī 梶 jāhi māmjhilī kori 梶 joni tahāṃ dhari vaisiye 梶 ulaṭo pāva ju mori 鰍

Sole of the left foot is to be turned upward and sit on it by placing perineum on the sole. Bend the right leg and place the right foot on the left thigh. Gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

Ulil街l凱iΉ怀 街lΉlii-戒oai-aoio 鵯liΉ a街 lli絵i 㔐laai絵o 鋏街rUȓ iΉlΉo絵i ialUlΉ 絵l㔐lai㔐i

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

riΉo蛙i絵rl怀lΉlȓ a@鷁ii aUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵lΉlȓ 戒 臥Ήȓ ilȓi街a alil i街a絵 梶 i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲iΉl aila街 l i街a絵 梶 絵鋏ilUoU iȓiliaU街@aoi 梶 絵r凱i改Uȓ a獲ioraai 鰍 i 鰍

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 鰍

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavimudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

| Ή獲iΉliUȓ
凱街怀絵oU | Ή獲悔ȓ Ή獲悔oro蛙aUrai梶 | |-------------------------------------------|-----------------------------|--|--| | 絵r㔐lrorri絵l街絵i | 怪o戒i獲 Ήl街ao街ai鰍ra.ia鰍 | | 凱laΉ獲悔oU 戒rlΉ | ar銓悔l閇ȓ
Ή獲 aUΉ獲改Ήo絵i梶 | | 牙iΉ絵i
凱aalia ar街l | ila街鰍ra.
絵i
Ή獲iΉliUȓ | | ii鰍 会絵aiΉ獲iΉliUȓ | Ulr Ή獲a悔Ulaa絵alr怀iai梶 | | 㔐@r街l
Ήi 凱iiΉo뿰lΉlairal㔐l鰥Ήl絵aiΉo絵i鰍ra | | i葛鰍 i鵯l凱i鵯Ή獲悔oU | ai 獲
i街a絵 il 㔐i梶 | | iUUi iUUi ialn | 凱li凱iiΉo絵i鰍ra.i褐鰍
㔐lai㔐ȓ |

yonyāsanaṃ parvatena Yogaṃ Yogaphale'nilam梶 tatkālaphalalantāvat khecaro yāvadevahi鰍 pādayogena cakrasya liṅgāgraṃ yo niyojayet梶 anyat padamurau dattvā tatra yonyāsanaṃ bhuvi鰍 etad yonyāsanaṃ nātha Yogināmtidurlabham梶

kṛtvā yaḥ pūrayedvāyumūlamākuñcyastambhayet鰍 savyāpasavyayogena siddho bhavati sādhakaḥ梶 śanaiḥ śanaiḥ samāruhya kumbhakaṃ paripūrayet鰍

By doing the yoniāsana along with parvatāsana the fruits of vital breath are gained; Until it becomes khecara (light as space) certainly. He who presses the front portion of the cakra and penis with end of his foot; And places the end of the second foot on the corresponding thigh, it becomes yoniāsana. O Lord! This yoniāsana is very distinguished (rare) among the Yogis (for) having filled up the body with vital breath (prāņavāyu), and contracting the mūlādhāra cakra should be stabilised.

The practitioner who does this āsana alternatively by the left and right method perfecting the pūraka and kumbhaka, he becomes a siddha (expert with Yogic powers).

Ulil街l凱iΉ怀 街lΉlii-戒oai-aoio 鵯liΉ a街 lli絵i 㔐laai絵o 鋏街rUȓ iΉlΉo絵i ialUlΉ 絵l㔐lai㔐i

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

riΉo蛙i絵rl怀lΉlȓ a@鷁ii aUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵lΉlȓ 戒 臥Ήȓ ilȓi街a alil i街a絵 梶 i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲iΉl aila街 l i街a絵 梶 絵鋏ilUoU iȓiliaU街@aoi 梶 絵r凱i改Uȓ a獲ioraai 鰍 i 鰍

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 鰍

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

悔lco獲 i 街@iillΉl i ia街irΉli 凱l鶤怀Ή獲i 㔐aiiUo | i鵯 -悔lcoo 絵rl i鵯o aii -悔lcoo 絵laaiilo || ii || 凱l鶤怀 -凱laa i 凱lallΉlȓ a@iȓ rri街l ilaUrira | iiliUȓ i街oao絵ri街怀 -街Ήla a街UliUai | 悔獲iiiliUaarΉli鸚ia 街U ai -Ή獲a悔Ui || 割i ||

atha bhadrāsanam ghulphau cha vṝṣhaṇasyādhaḥ sīvantyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣhipte | savya-ghulphaṃ tathā savye dakṣhaghulphaṃ tu dakṣhiṇe || pārśva-pādau cha pāṇibhyāṃ dṝḍhaṃ baddhvā suniśchalam | bhadrāsanaṃ bhavedetatsarvavyādhi-vināśanam | ghorakṣhāsanamityāhuridaṃ vai siddha-yoghinaḥ ||

Place the heels on either side of the seam of the perineum, keeping the left heel on the left side and the right one on the right side, hold the feet firmly joined to one another with both the hands. This Bhadrâsana is the destroyer of all the diseases.

Ulil街l凱iΉ怀 街lΉlii-戒oai-aoio 鵯liΉ a街 lli絵i 㔐laai絵o 鋏街rUȓ iΉlΉo絵i ialUlΉ 絵l㔐lai㔐i

nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

riΉo蛙i絵rl怀lΉlȓ a@鷁ii aUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵lΉlȓ 戒 臥Ήȓ ilȓi街a alil i街a絵 梶 i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲iΉl aila街 l i街a絵 梶 絵鋏ilUoU iȓiliaU街@aoi 梶 絵r凱i改Uȓ a獲ioraai 鰍 i 鰍

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 鰍

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ 鰍 tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā 鰍 abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ 鰍 ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ether having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwards).

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

凱i街怀 㔐i獲 aia阨㔐l 改獲i 街lia a街a 改獲 㔐r改Ui獲i 梶 ir 牙ȓ悔lia al怪 rlili rUo al怪㔐獲 olaU iȓ凱lo 㔐li 海lUo 鰍rri鰍

a改il 蛾ra絵 絵lr街o iUilrlȓ i獲 riȓi 凱laU 㔐iU梶riii 㔐r irΉl iU改li a街a 凱i街怀 牙r 街l鬯 i獲i 鰍rri鰍aai irora al怪 凱li 㔐ioaaiU Ulil 牙ȓ悔l鷁 iU梶iiΉ怀 il街li 蛾li rUi iai絵 alil 㔐lȓi㔐 海lUU鰍rri鰍戒ii Ulia 㔐li 街lΉ 蛾絵lioia iiai Ua㔐r a街a lio梶改獲 al改Ul街i riȓi 海lUi 絵獲 ir l街i a街a 蛾ra絵 海lUo鰍rr葛鰍

pūrva kaho bhiśrikā joī vāhī vidhi jo kījai soī 梶saba aṃgurī mukha bāhari āne mukhako phuni saṃpuṭa kari ṭhāne 鰍jibhā ulati tālave dharai hāthāṃso āraṃbha puni karai 梶 āramjbha kī kriyā hai jāī vidhipūrva aba varṇo soī 鰍 dachi hathelī mukha pari kare dachina

nāsā aṃguṣṭa dharai 梶

sūryasu vāī uri āneṃ sahita mātrā kuṃbhaka ṭhānai 鰍

candranādi kari vāya utāre sama sarīra nīkī vidhi dhāre 梶

jo dujai svara āraṃbha ṭhāneṃ to saba svara vidhi ulati ṭhāne 鰍

Every asana is very clearly described by Mahadeva in Hatha Yoga literatures, including the way you need to breathe. This aghora asana should be practised in the manner of Misraka asana. Take all of the fingers away from the mouth and make a hollow like mouth. Turn the tongue and place it on the palate. Put right hand on the face and place the thumb towards the right nostril. Then inhale through the right nostril and after kumbhaka exhale through the left nostril.

il鎧lalli絵悔怀絵ȓ 絵lΉlȓ aUr街㔐c凱oU 戒o絵il 梶 liΉoialn絵ȓ Ή獲悔a i獲蛙i絵i㔐laii ai街獲ia絵i 梶梶 r葛

suṣumṇāntargatam tasyām nirvikalpena cetasā dhārayen-mārutam yogi so'ntaḥ-kumbhaḥ śivoditaḥ

Right thumb towards the right nostril, inhale (puraka) through the right nostril exhale (rechaka) through the left nostril.

atha khecarimudrākathanam bhruvorantargatāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ vidhāya sudṛḍhāṃ sudhīḥ upaviśyāsane vajre nānopadravavarjitaḥ lambikordhva sthite garte rasanāṃ viparītagām saṃyojayetprayatnena sudhākūpe vicakṣaṇ mudreṣā khecarī proktā

bhaktānāmanurodhataḥ 31

The wise Yogi, sitting in vajrasana posture, in a place free from all disturbance, should firmly fix his gaze on the spot in the middle of the two eyebrows; and reversing the tongue backwards, fix it in the hollow under the epiglottis, placing it with great care on the mouth of the well of nectar, (i.e. closing up the air passage). This mudra, described by me at the request of my devotees, is the Khechari-mudra.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 104 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 105

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

kanerī-pāva āsana gvālīpāva āsana kahyo hai jaise yāhumaiṃ jāne vidhi taise

dou gulapha māhilā jāno aru eḍyāvici kahūṇī ṭhāno 259

Adopt Gvalipava asana, place elbows between heels and ankles, keep both the hands vertically erect and join both the palms and place the fingers on head. Gaze at the nose and adopt Uddiyana.

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 19

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 5

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavimudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ 106 tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ

| uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā 107 |

abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ 108 ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ether having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwards).

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

Sit on the anus with folded legs and knees pointing upward. Insert both the hands up to the elbow in between thigh muscles and calf muscles. Bring the legs near the body resulting into soles lifted upward. Gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 19

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

tale tale tu karayo-stiryak saṃyojya cāṃgulīḥ saṃhatā: prasṛtāḥ kuryāt mudrā paraśu saṃjñitā

For every part/step interlaced the fingers of both hands. Contract and expand them, named as Parashu Mudra.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 104 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 105

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

pūraba bidhi pagāka aṃguṭhā ka勗ṭhakūpa rāṣai yeḍī hirada lagāvai kāṃgasī aiḍyā āgūlī pari rāṣai driṣṭi nāsā agra āsaṇa kauguṇa īḍī pīgalākī pavana thaṃba jālaṃdharabaṃdha lāge

Bring both soles together. Make a fingerlock and hold the sides of the feet. Raise the feet and arrange the heel on chest and toes in the depression of throat. Rest the chin on fingerlock and gaze at the nose.

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 19

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 5

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavimudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 104 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 105

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

dou pagathalī saṃpuṭa ṭhāne ubhai hasta kari uradha hi tānai aṃguṣṭa dou sama ṭhaharāvai cibuka nice tāhi lagāvai 59 bahuri dou kara aise dherai āni pagana tara bāhari kare dou pagana kī aṃgurī joī tina pari karai kāṃkasī soī 60

Let the both soles touch each other. Insert both hands under respective legs and hold the sole with hands from down along with bending the head down, touch the sole with the chin. Gaze at the tip of the nose. Removes all sorts of abdominal diseases or all diseases are removed.

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 19

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 5

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavimudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 104 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 105

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

128.

hātha doū pagā bici āṇi talai kari bārai lyāī kūhaṇyā māhilī saṃdhi rāṣai pāchai doū hāthā kī karī paga uṃcāī kākasī saṣā pari rāṣai paga lalāṭa moḍī jyu lagāvai

draṣṭi nāsā agra āsaṇa kauguṇa pavana samāhita hoi 67

Sit in long position. Bring both feet together and insert the arms below the legs. Now raise both legs upwards as to bring the feet over the face. Fingers are interlocked and palms are placed over the forehead.

絵絵獲i街怀 io戒Ήo絵i街lΉlȓ a@alaU鶤li iȓΉl絵ai 鰍 割褐鰍 io戒㔐lr街o鎧 a街 Ήl絵i 闌lliȓiΉ㔐li㔐 梶

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 鰍 19鰍

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

riΉo蛙i絵rl怀lΉlȓ a@鷁ii aUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵lΉlȓ 戒 臥Ήȓ ilȓi街a alil i街a絵 梶 i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲iΉl aila街 l i街a絵 梶 絵鋏ilUoU iȓiliaU街@aoi 梶 絵r凱i改Uȓ a獲ioraai 鰍 i 鰍

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati |

tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 鰍 5 鰍

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

aiiliUȓ 絵la街ioΉȓ 㔐iliUa絵i 凱iai梶 閇a街liUȓ 戒 凱iaȓ il改liUaai獲rΉ絵o 鰍 割褐 鰍

śirāsanaṃ tu vijñeyaṃ kakṣāsanamataḥ param 梶 grīvāsanaṃ ca paramaṃ bhujāsanamihocyate 鰍 19 鰍

We have perceived Shirasana, Kakshasana is the best. Grivasana is the best; this we call as Bhujasana.

絵絵獲i街怀 io戒Ήo絵i街lΉlȓ a@alaU鶤li iȓΉl絵ai 鰍 割褐鰍 io戒㔐lr街o鎧 a街 Ήl絵i 闌lliȓiΉ㔐li㔐 梶

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 鰍 19鰍

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

riΉo蛙i絵rl怀lΉlȓ a@鷁ii aUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵lΉlȓ 戒 臥Ήȓ ilȓi街a alil i街a絵 梶 i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲iΉl aila街 l i街a絵 梶 絵鋏ilUoU iȓiliaU街@aoi 梶 絵r凱i改Uȓ a獲ioraai 鰍 i 鰍

lakṣye'ntarbāhyāyāṃ dṛṣṭau nimeṣonmeṣavarjitāyāṃ ca iyaṃ śāṃbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantreṣu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati |

tajjñānena saṃsāranivṛttiḥ | tatpūjanaṃ mokṣaphaladam 鰍 5

鰍

Fixing the gaze inwards into the inner space and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This mahā-vidya (the great ultimate source knowledge) is, of all the Tantras, what is kept a profound secret. With the experiential knowledge of this, is attained freedom and completion from the state of worldly existence.By its worship, is bestowed the fruit of liberation.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt |vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām| gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Pressing the anus with the heel, (the practitioner) should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and Apana (vital airs), as also the Nada (Intellect) and the Bindu (mind), becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. Herein there is no doubt.

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

Part 8: The Dvithiya Vinyasa Krama - The original authentic Yoga directly from the Sources - Kailasa's THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_English_part_8.md

a獲蛾 ilr 凱悔lȓ a街a戒 rUoa絵U㔐獲 悔獲l Ua戒U海lUU | riia 凱l怪rΉl rlili cΉl街U 凱lUi Ήl悔絵a iiU海iil街U || rili a獲a 凱l海l UorUo㔐li 凱licΉl臥 㔐l㔐ia 海lUU | a獲蛾 凱la 牙 i 㔐li il怪UUlil 牙閇 ii鷁 㔐獲 al怪U || aa葛 || 凱街U lill iai絵 改獲 riU il Urai | ia街i il絵 il U i㔐Ήl U@ar i獲Ή iiai || aa褐 ||

dou hātha pagāṃ vici āne tinako goḍā nīcai ṭhānai | bahurī pākhatyā bāhari lyāvai punaha yugatī aisai ṭhaharāvai || bahuri moḍi pāṭhā ne āne kari parilyāi kākasī ṭhānai | dou pāda adhara kari rākhai nāsā agra driṣṭa ko dākhai || 338 ||

pavana dhāraṇā sahita jo āsana sādhai thīra | divasa sāta sādhana kiyā nṛmala hoya sarīra || 339 ||

Bring both the hands between the legs and place them under the knees, while bringing the hands outside turn in such a way that the finger lock is formed. Both the feet are positioned in the air. Gaze is directed at the tip of the nose.

絵絵獲i街怀 io戒Ήo絵i街lΉlȓ a@alaU鶤li iȓΉl絵ai 鰍 割褐鰍 io戒㔐lr街o鎧 a街 Ήl絵i 闌lliȓiΉ㔐li㔐 梶

tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam | recakastves"a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah 鰍 19鰍

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

i街怀iȓ㔐ia alil 凱il凱i 閇ar絵i 牙ȓ悔larl凱@鷁 U怪l牙閇lȓ悔l鶸Ή獲i Ή獲悔o i街怀街iȓ㔐ia 梶 paraspara grathit aṃgulispṛṣṭa nakhāagrāṃguṣṭhayoḥ yoge sarvavaśaṃkarī 梶

The fingers are to be mutually braided and touching each other, and the thumbs' too with their nailbeds in an overlapped connection is Sarvavashankari.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

街la凱laȓ a戒絵oai怀rȓ iȓiΉlΉ ila絵ro梶 凱laaaoU ΉlaΉoU 街o鷁Ήo뿰la凱la㔐ai 梶梶 改lUlΉl ai 㔐iΉl aao絵絵i i銓㔐oaliUai 鰍r葛鰍

vāmapādaṃ citermūlaṃ saṃnyasya dharaṇītale 梶 pādadaṇḍena yāmyena veṣṭayedvāmapādakam 梶梶 jānuyugmeṃ karayugmametat saṅkaṭamāsanam 鰍28鰍

Placing the left foot and the leg on the ground, surround the left foot by the right leg; and place the two hands on the two knees. This is the Sankatasana.

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶

会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

MULA BANDHA Śāstra Pramāṇa - ili 闌all Yoga Sikhopanishad 104 - 105 悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

牙Ulila悔 U悔i 凱ȓ戒ȓ 街@i@ailna 悔cΉȓaU alΉ l 悔lar 街lȓ㔐l 凱悔rl aUalΉ㔐ll

anuśāgi nagara paṃcaḍaṃ vṛśṛhiḻiṃda galyaṃni dāya dyā gāli vāṃkā pagalu nidāyakuḍu

Place the right ankle on the left backside and the left on the right backside. This is dhenukasana, the cow.

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶 会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

㔐lai㔐li絵o io戒㔐laii 㔐絵怀鵯l絵ia㔐Ήll㔐i 梶 ri 獲 ΉoU il鎧lllΉlȓ 闌lll絵i㔐aΉ絵o Ή絵i 鰍 割ri 鰍 絵lalal㔐aΉll Ή獲蛙Ήȓ Ή獲a悔aii ialal 絵i 梶 蛾a㔐Ήllȓ 絵lii改ȓ 悔lnll 㔐lr絵 ial 鰍 割ri 鰍 牙lΉio絵i 絵a絵iil絵l 街@ 獲蛙a凱 絵nl獲 i街o絵i梶 Ulio@i街怀a lla凱 絵llȓ 㔐lΉl怀絵i 闌Ήi絵i 鰍 割r葛 鰍 鎧laalialΉioia@rΉlȓ 改ΉrΉo街 U iȓiΉi 梶

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ 鰍 106 鰍 tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā 鰍 107 鰍 abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ 鰍 108 鰍 ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ether having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwards).

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

vāma jaṃghaghapara dachi ṭhāne vāmahasta piṣṭi disa āne bahuro dachana pada hai joī tākī nalī ju pakarai soī

vāma carana puni aise karai dachina goḍā ūpara dherai bahurau dachina hasta hai joī vāma jaṃghagha pari āne soī

Place right leg on the left thigh. Take the left hand towards the backside and catch hold of right thigh. Place the left leg above the right knee. The right hand should be kept on the left thigh. Gaze should be between the eyebrows. It increases gastric fire. It removes all kinds of disorders. Kundalini becomes straight.

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā | bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

maccindra āsana 2 prathama jīmaṇo caraṇa ju joī vāma jaṃghaghapari rākhai soī

tākī eḍī kaḍiso lāvai bahuri jugati yaha ora karāvai

Place right leg on left thigh. The heel of right leg should be near to the waist. The toes and heel of the left leg should be fixed upon the right knee. The big toes should be caught hold of with both the hands. Place forehead on the ground and chest should touch the knees.

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā | bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

urumūle itarapādasya kaniṣṭikā prdeśa gulphāṃ saṃsthāpya tadeva jānu itarapādapārṣṇi saṃsthāpya tiṣṭet hastau saṃmīlayet guruāsanaṃ bhavati

Keeping the little toes and the ankle of a foot on the root of the thigh (of other foot), then on the knee of that other foot touch the heel of the foot by uniting the two hands. This is called Guru Asana.

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

śodhanaṃ malajālānāṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hasyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanāśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate

The cleansing (with the Pranayama) of the heaps of impurities (in the Nadis), the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas (Vaata, Pitta and Kapha), is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

vāmapādaṃ citermūlaṃ saṃnyasya dharaṇītale pādadaṇḍena yāmyena veṣṭayedvāmapādakam jānuyugmeṃ karayugmametat saṅkaṭamāsanam

Placing the left foot and the leg on the ground, surround the left foot by the right leg; and place the two hands on the two knees. This is the Sankatasana.

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. From Sankatasana, slide right heel to right hip. 2. Keep left knee ontop of right. 3. Place both hands on left thigh.

牙Ulila悔 U悔i 凱ȓ戒ȓ 街@i@ailna 悔cΉȓaU alΉ l 悔lar 街lȓ㔐l 凱悔rl aUalΉ㔐ll

anuśāgi nagara paṃcaḍaṃ vṛśṛhiḻiṃda galyaṃni dāya dyā gāli vāṃkā pagalu nidāyakuḍu

Place the right ankle on the left backside and the left on the right backside. This is dhenukasana, the cow.

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶 会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

㔐lai㔐li絵o io戒㔐laii 㔐絵怀鵯l絵ia㔐Ήll㔐i 梶 ri 獲 ΉoU il鎧lllΉlȓ 闌lll絵i㔐aΉ絵o Ή絵i 鰍 割ri 鰍 絵lalal㔐aΉll Ή獲蛙Ήȓ Ή獲a悔aii ialal 絵i 梶 蛾a㔐Ήllȓ 絵lii改ȓ 悔lnll 㔐lr絵 ial 鰍 割ri 鰍 牙lΉio絵i 絵a絵iil絵l 街@ 獲蛙a凱 絵nl獲 i街o絵i 梶 Ulio@i街怀a lla凱 絵llȓ 㔐lΉl怀絵i 闌Ήi絵i 鰍 割r葛 鰍 鎧laalialΉioia@rΉlȓ 改ΉrΉo街 U iȓiΉi 梶

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūḍḍiyāṇakaḥ | bandho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇastūḍḍīyate yataḥ 鰍 106 鰍 tasmāduḍḍīyaṇākhyo'yaṃ Yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā 鰍 107 鰍 abhyaset tadatandrastu vṛddho'pi taruṇo bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhaścāpi tāṇaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ 鰍 108 鰍 ṣāṇmāsamabhyasenmṛtyuṃ jayatyeva na saṃśayaḥ |

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the naval. This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ether having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the head, flowing downwards).

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

街la 改ȓrr凱i aai 海lUo街lail絵 a凱a鷁 iai rUo梶 rii獲 aiU 凱a iU改獲i 絵l㔐r Ura 改l凱㔐iUi獲i 鰍 褐割 鰍 街la 戒iU 凱laU iio㔐iUaaiU 悔獲l i凱i oiU梶梶 riia aaiU il絵 iU改獲i 街la 改ȓrr 凱li rUo i獲i 鰍 褐r 鰍

vāma jaṃghaghapara dachi ṭhāne vāmahasta piṣṭi disa āne 梶 bahuro dachana pada hai joī tākī nalī ju pakarai soī 鰍 91 鰍

vāma carana puni aise karai dachina goḍā ūpara dherai 梶梶 bahurau dachina hasta hai joī vāma jaṃghagha pari āne soī 鰍 92 鰍

Place right leg on the left thigh. Take the left hand towards the backside and catch hold of right thigh. Place the left leg above the right knee. The right hand should be kept on the left thigh. Gaze should be between the eyebrows. It increases gastric fire. It removes all kinds of disorders. Kundalini becomes straight.

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶 会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

aaiii riU r 闌ra 改aal獲 戒il 改l改獲i 街la 改ȓrr凱li il怪Ui獲i 梶 絵l㔐r 会a 㔐ai獲 rl街Urili 改l悔a絵 Ήi ri 㔐il街U鰍 rai 鰍

maccindra āsana 2 prathama jīmaṇo caraṇa ju joī vāma jaṃghaghapari rākhai soī 梶 tākī eḍī kaḍiso lāvai bahuri jugati yaha ora karāvai 鰍 235 鰍

Place right leg on left thigh. The heel of right leg should be near to the waist. The toes and heel of the left leg should be fixed upon the right knee. The big toes should be caught hold of with both the hands. Place forehead on the ground and chest should touch the knees.

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā | bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶 会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

悔laȓ 凱liaΉl怀 絵liȓ凱al 街lΉlal㔐liΉoai rrl絵i梶 街liȓ 街liȓ Ήrl 戒獲i街l ialΉla絵 iaaili 鰍 割ri 鰍 闌lll凱lUii Uliaariai airri oU 戒ii㔐絵lai梶 悔r街l Ή獲悔lΉ iȓail Ήri絵獲 Uli iȓiΉi 鰍 割ri 鰍

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyumākuñcayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ 鰍 104 鰍 prāṇāpānau nāndabindū mūlabandhena caikatām | gatvā Yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ 鰍 105 鰍

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

蛾nairo 臥絵i凱lalΉ 㔐aUa鷁㔐l 靤aoi 悔lcolȓ iȓlrliΉ 絵ao街 改lUl 臥絵i凱la凱lril iȓlrliΉ a絵鷁o絵i il絵a iȓaarΉo絵i 悔lnriUȓ i街a絵 鰍 褐a 鰍

urumūle itarapādasya kaniṣṭikā prdeśa gulphāṃ saṃsthāpya tadeva jānu itarapādapārṣṇi saṃsthāpya tiṣṭet hastau saṃmīlayet guruāsanaṃ bhavati 鰍 93 鰍

Keeping the little finger and the ankle of a foot on the root of the thigh (of other foot), then on the knee of that other foot keep the heel of the foot and unite the two hands. This is called Guru Asana

闌lli獲 aroalUl 闌街iΉlaa iali絵i 梶 闌lll aoi悔獲 街lΉlilΉlai 㔐lai㔐i la@絵i 鰍 割褐 鰍 i 会街 a뿰a街 i 闌獲ii iai絵i 㔐o街rl絵rl 梶 Ήl街絵i㔐o街raia i lΉl絵i 絵l街絵i iai絵alΉio絵i 鰍 rr 鰍 iiΉ鬯llΉa ia絵ra 戒 iia 戒ii街 戒絵lrr㔐l 梶 ioaiiio街 iaȓ 㔐lai獲 Ήi lΉl絵i iai絵㔐lai㔐i 鰍 r割 鰍

prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ | prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ 鰍 19 鰍 sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā | yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset 鰍 20 鰍 sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |

bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahita Kumbhakaḥ 鰍 21 鰍

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siitali and Bhastrl as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

牙i絵r怀iΉ raia@a鷁rUao鎧獲iao鎧街r改絵l 梶 会鎧l il 街iiil街a alil i街怀絵iio鎧l 悔獲a凱絵l 鰍 割i 鰍

antariaksyam bahirdstirnimesonmeşavarjita | eşá sa valsnavi mudrà sarvatantreşu gopita || 14 ||

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata or Sahasrara) and in consequence devoid of shutting or opening the eyelids, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantras. 14.

i獲 Uȓ ar改lrlUlȓ roUȓ 戒iiiiΉ怀Ή獲i 鰍 褐割 鰍 ilUlȓ i獲鎧lȓ iaΉai ailalilai aΉ絵o 鰍 褐r 鰍 街i獲iΉl絵iUlrU凱al ill鎧i Ή獲Uol 街lala銓閊llilΉllΉlaUl liΉUi 闌l街絵絵 凱laȓ 絵rl aailai 梶 r凱iΉ怀 鶤iUoU 㔐laiΉl悔rȓ ri街l iUii io戒Ήoao鎧l 凱l絵㔐UlaiUa UUlailalil U@llȓ 闌獲rΉ絵o 鰍 褐a 鰍

śodhanaṃ malajālānāṃ ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoḥ 鰍 91 鰍 rasānāṃ śoṣaṇaṃ samyaṅ mahāmudrābhidhīyate 鰍 92 鰍 vakṣonyastahanurnipīḍya suṣiraṃ yoneśca vāmāṅghriṇā hasyābhyāmanudhārayan pravitataṃ pādaṃ tathā dakṣiṇam | āpūrya śvasanena kukṣiyugalaṃ badhvā śanai recayedeṣā pātakanāśinī nanu mahāmudrā nṛṇāṃ procyate 鰍 93 鰍

The cleansing (with the Pranayama) of the heaps of impurities (in the Nadis), the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the bodily fluids, Rasas (Vaata, Pitta and Kapha), is known as the mahāmudrā. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly exhale it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Om THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM ParamaShivoham

1. Sit with feet feet flat on the ground. 2. Knees against your chest, hands hold opposite knees. 3. Thighs together, spine straight. 4. Tongue pressed against the roof of the mouth.